Simple extended space cadet (#5277)

* Simplifying and Extending Space Cadet to work on Ctrl and Alt keys

* PR Review feedback

* Reverting back to keycodes

.clang-format

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
----
+---
 BasedOnStyle: Google
 AlignAfterOpenBracket: Align
 AlignConsecutiveAssignments: 'true'
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ SortIncludes: 'false'
 SpaceBeforeAssignmentOperators: 'true'
 SpaceBeforeParens: ControlStatements
 SpaceInEmptyParentheses: 'false'
-TabWidth: '2'
+TabWidth: '4'
 UseTab: Never
 
 ...

.editorconfig

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ root = true
 
 [*]
 indent_style = space
-indent_size = 2
+indent_size = 4
 
 # We recommend you to keep these unchanged
 charset = utf-8

.travis.yml

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ branches:
 env:
   global:
   - secure: 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
+  - MAKEFLAGS="-j3 --output-sync"
 before_install:
   - wget http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz || wget http://qmk.fm/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz
 install:
@@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ before_script:
   - avr-gcc --version
 script:
 - git rev-parse --short HEAD
-- make test:all
+- bash util/travis_test.sh
 - bash util/travis_build.sh
 - bash util/travis_docs.sh
 addons:

Dockerfile

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-FROM debian
+FROM debian:9
 
 RUN apt-get update && apt-get install --no-install-recommends -y \
     avr-libc \

Makefile

@@ -536,9 +536,9 @@ endef
 	cmp $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile >/dev/null 2>&1; if [ $$? -gt 0 ]; then printf "$(MSG_NO_CMP)"; exit 1; fi;
 	# Check if the submodules are dirty, and display a warning if they are
 ifndef SKIP_GIT
-	if [ ! -e lib/chibios ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios && git submodule update --init lib/chibios; fi
-	if [ ! -e lib/chibios-contrib ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios-contrib && git submodule update --init lib/chibios-contrib; fi
-	if [ ! -e lib/ugfx ]; then git submodule sync lib/ugfx && git submodule update --init lib/ugfx; fi
+	if [ ! -e lib/chibios ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios && git submodule update --depth 1 --init lib/chibios; fi
+	if [ ! -e lib/chibios-contrib ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios-contrib && git submodule update --depth 1 --init lib/chibios-contrib; fi
+	if [ ! -e lib/ugfx ]; then git submodule sync lib/ugfx && git submodule update --depth 1 --init lib/ugfx; fi
 	git submodule status --recursive 2>/dev/null | \
 	while IFS= read -r x; do \
 		case "$$x" in \

Vagrantfile

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
   config.vm.define "qmk_firmware"
 
   # VMware/Virtualbox ( and also Hyperv/Parallels) 64 bit
-  config.vm.box = "bento/ubuntu-16.04"
+  config.vm.box = "generic/debian9"
 
   # This section allows you to customize the Virtualbox VM
   # settings, ie showing the GUI or upping the memory
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
   # image, you'll need to: chmod -R a+rw .
   config.vm.provider "docker" do |docker, override|
     override.vm.box = nil
-    docker.image = "jesselang/debian-vagrant:jessie"
+    docker.image = "jesselang/debian-vagrant:stretch"
     docker.has_ssh = true
   end
 

build_keyboard.mk

@@ -280,6 +280,23 @@ ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h)","")
     CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h
 endif
 
+POST_CONFIG_H :=
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/post_config.h)","")
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/post_config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/post_config.h)","")
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/post_config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/post_config.h)","")
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/post_config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/post_config.h)","")
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/post_config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/post_config.h)","")
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/post_config.h
+endif
+
 # Save the defines and includes here, so we don't include any keymap specific ones
 PROJECT_DEFS := $(OPT_DEFS)
 PROJECT_INC := $(VPATH) $(EXTRAINCDIRS) $(KEYBOARD_PATHS)
@@ -355,6 +372,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)), yes)
     include $(VISUALIZER_PATH)/visualizer.mk
 endif
 
+CONFIG_H += $(POST_CONFIG_H)
 ALL_CONFIGS := $(PROJECT_CONFIG) $(CONFIG_H)
 
 OUTPUTS := $(KEYMAP_OUTPUT) $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)

common_features.mk

@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODE_COMMON)), yes)
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgblight_post_config.h
     OPT_DEFS += -DRGBLIGHT_ENABLE
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgblight.c
     CIE1931_CURVE = yes
@@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
     endif
 endif
 
-VALID_MATRIX_TYPES := yes IS31FL3731 IS31FL3733 custom
+VALID_MATRIX_TYPES := yes IS31FL3731 IS31FL3733 IS31FL3737 WS2812 custom
 
 LED_MATRIX_ENABLE ?= no
 ifneq ($(strip $(LED_MATRIX_ENABLE)), no)
@@ -135,6 +136,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(LED_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3731)
 endif
 
 RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE ?= no
+
 ifneq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), no)
 ifeq ($(filter $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE),$(VALID_MATRIX_TYPES)),)
     $(error RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE="$(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)" is not a valid matrix type)
@@ -151,19 +153,39 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), yes)
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3731)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3731
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3731 -DSTM32_I2C -DHAL_USE_I2C=TRUE
     COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
     SRC += is31fl3731.c
     SRC += i2c_master.c
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3733)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3733
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3733 -DSTM32_I2C -DHAL_USE_I2C=TRUE
     COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
     SRC += is31fl3733.c
     SRC += i2c_master.c
 endif
 
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3737)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3737 -DSTM32_I2C -DHAL_USE_I2C=TRUE
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
+    SRC += is31fl3737.c
+    SRC += i2c_master.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), WS2812)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DWS2812
+    SRC += ws2812.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_KB)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DRGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_KB
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_USER)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DRGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_USER
+endif
+
 ifeq ($(strip $(TAP_DANCE_ENABLE)), yes)
     OPT_DEFS += -DTAP_DANCE_ENABLE
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c
@@ -266,6 +288,11 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(HD44780_ENABLE)), yes)
     OPT_DEFS += -DHD44780_ENABLE
 endif
 
+ifeq ($(strip $(VELOCIKEY_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DVELOCIKEY_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/velocikey.c
+endif
+
 ifeq ($(strip $(DYNAMIC_KEYMAP_ENABLE)), yes)
     OPT_DEFS += -DDYNAMIC_KEYMAP_ENABLE
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/dynamic_keymap.c
@@ -293,34 +320,40 @@ ifneq ($(strip $(CUSTOM_MATRIX)), yes)
 endif
 
 DEBOUNCE_DIR:= $(QUANTUM_DIR)/debounce
-# Debounce Modules. If implemented in matrix.c, don't use these.
+# Debounce Modules. Set DEBOUNCE_TYPE=custom if including one manually.
 DEBOUNCE_TYPE?= sym_g
-VALID_DEBOUNCE_TYPES := sym_g eager_pk custom
-ifeq ($(filter $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE),$(VALID_DEBOUNCE_TYPES)),)
-    $(error DEBOUNCE_TYPE="$(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)" is not a valid debounce algorithm)
+ifneq ($(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)), custom)
+    QUANTUM_SRC += $(DEBOUNCE_DIR)/$(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)).c
 endif
-ifeq ($(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)), sym_g)
-    QUANTUM_SRC += $(DEBOUNCE_DIR)/debounce_sym_g.c
-else ifeq ($(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)), eager_pk)
-    QUANTUM_SRC += $(DEBOUNCE_DIR)/debounce_eager_pk.c
-endif
-
-
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(SPLIT_KEYBOARD)), yes)
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/post_config.h
     OPT_DEFS += -DSPLIT_KEYBOARD
 
     # Include files used by all split keyboards
-    QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/split_flags.c \
-                   $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/split_util.c
+    QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/split_util.c
 
     # Determine which (if any) transport files are required
     ifneq ($(strip $(SPLIT_TRANSPORT)), custom)
         QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/transport.c
         # Functions added via QUANTUM_LIB_SRC are only included in the final binary if they're called.
-        # Unused functions are pruned away, which is why we can add both drivers here without bloat.
-        QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/i2c.c \
-                           $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/serial.c
+        # Unused functions are pruned away, which is why we can add multiple drivers here without bloat.
+        QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/serial.c \
+                           i2c_master.c \
+                           i2c_slave.c
     endif
     COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/split_common
 endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DOLED_DRIVER_ENABLE
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/oled
+    QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
+    SRC += oled_driver.c
+endif
+
+SPACE_CADET_ENABLE ?= yes
+ifeq ($(strip $(SPACE_CADET_ENABLE)), yes)
+  SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_space_cadet.c
+  OPT_DEFS += -DSPACE_CADET_ENABLE
+endif

docs/_summary.md

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
   * [Building Your First Firmware](newbs_building_firmware.md)
   * [Flashing Firmware](newbs_flashing.md)
   * [Testing and Debugging](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
-  * [Best Practices](newbs_best_practices.md)
+  * [Git Best Practices](newbs_best_practices.md)
   * [Learning Resources](newbs_learn_more_resources.md)
 
 * [QMK Basics](README.md)
@@ -60,6 +60,7 @@
   * [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md)
   * [Layouts](feature_layouts.md)
   * [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md)
+  * [LED Matrix](feature_led_matrix.md)
   * [Macros](feature_macros.md)
   * [Mouse Keys](feature_mouse_keys.md)
   * [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
@@ -67,8 +68,7 @@
   * [PS/2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
   * [RGB Lighting](feature_rgblight.md)
   * [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md)
-  * [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md)
-  * [Space Cadet Shift Enter](feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md)
+  * [Space Cadet](feature_space_cadet.md)
   * [Stenography](feature_stenography.md)
   * [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
   * [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md)
@@ -76,6 +76,7 @@
   * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md)
   * [Unicode](feature_unicode.md)
   * [Userspace](feature_userspace.md)
+  * [Velocikey](feature_velocikey.md)
 
 * For Makers and Modders
   * [Hand Wiring Guide](hand_wire.md)
@@ -90,7 +91,8 @@
   * [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md)
 
 * Other Topics
-  * [Using Eclipse with QMK](eclipse.md)
+  * [Using Eclipse with QMK](other_eclipse.md)
+  * [Using VSCode with QMK](other_vscode.md)
   * [Support](support.md)
 
 * QMK Internals (In Progress)

docs/config_options.md

@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ This is a C header file that is one of the first things included, and will persi
   * define is matrix has ghost (unlikely)
 * `#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW`
   * COL2ROW or ROW2COL - how your matrix is configured. COL2ROW means the black mark on your diode is facing to the rows, and between the switch and the rows.
+* `#define DIRECT_PINS { { F1, F0, B0, C7 }, { F4, F5, F6, F7 } }`
+  * pins mapped to rows and columns, from left to right. Defines a matrix where each switch is connected to a separate pin and ground.
 * `#define AUDIO_VOICES`
   * turns on the alternate audio voices (to cycle through)
 * `#define C4_AUDIO`
@@ -68,11 +70,11 @@ This is a C header file that is one of the first things included, and will persi
 * `#define C6_AUDIO`
   * enables audio on pin C6
 * `#define B5_AUDIO`
-  * enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+  * enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]\_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]\_AUDIO)
 * `#define B6_AUDIO`
-  * enables audio on pin B6 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+  * enables audio on pin B6 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]\_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]\_AUDIO)
 * `#define B7_AUDIO`
-  * enables audio on pin B7 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+  * enables audio on pin B7 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]\_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]\_AUDIO)
 * `#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7`
   * pin of the backlight - B5, B6, B7 use PWM, others use softPWM
 * `#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3`
@@ -126,6 +128,8 @@ If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may in
 
 * `#define TAPPING_TERM 200`
   * how long before a tap becomes a hold, if set above 500, a key tapped during the tapping term will turn it into a hold too
+* `#define TAPPING_TERM_PER_KEY`
+  * enables handling for per key `TAPPING_TERM` settings
 * `#define RETRO_TAPPING`
   * tap anyway, even after TAPPING_TERM, if there was no other key interruption between press and release
   * See [Retro Tapping](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#retro-tapping) for details
@@ -171,11 +175,17 @@ If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may in
 ## RGB Light Configuration
 
 * `#define RGB_DI_PIN D7`
-  * pin the DI on the ws2812 is hooked-up to
+  * pin the DI on the WS2812 is hooked-up to
 * `#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS`
   * run RGB animations
-* `#define RGBLED_NUM 15`
+* `#define RGBLED_NUM 12`
   * number of LEDs
+* `#define RGBLIGHT_SPLIT`
+  * Needed if both halves of the board have RGB LEDs wired directly to the RGB output pin on the controllers instead of passing the output of the left half to the input of the right half
+* `#define RGBLED_SPLIT { 6, 6 }`
+  * number of LEDs connected that are directly wired to `RGB_DI_PIN` on each half of a split keyboard
+  * First value indicates number of LEDs for left half, second value is for the right half
+  * When RGBLED_SPLIT is defined, RGBLIGHT_SPLIT is implicitly defined.
 * `#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 12`
   * units to step when in/decreasing hue
 * `#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 25`
@@ -208,9 +218,13 @@ There are a few different ways to set handedness for split keyboards (listed in
 
 1. Set `SPLIT_HAND_PIN`: Reads a pin to determine handedness. If pin is high, it's the left side, if low, the half is determined to be the right side
 2. Set `EE_HANDS` and flash `eeprom-lefthand.eep`/`eeprom-righthand.eep` to each half
+   * For boards with DFU bootloader you can use `:dfu-split-left`/`:dfu-split-right` to flash these EEPROM files
+   * For boards with Caterina bootloader (like stock Pro Micros), use `:avrdude-split-left`/`:avrdude-split-right`
 3. Set `MASTER_RIGHT`: Half that is plugged into the USB port is determined to be the master and right half (inverse of the default)
 4. Default: The side that is plugged into the USB port is the master half and is assumed to be the left half. The slave side is the right half
 
+#### Defines for handedness
+
 * `#define SPLIT_HAND_PIN B7`
   * For using high/low pin to determine handedness, low = right hand, high = left hand. Replace `B7` with the pin you are using. This is optional, and if you leave `SPLIT_HAND_PIN` undefined, then you can still use the EE_HANDS method or MASTER_LEFT / MASTER_RIGHT defines like the stock Let's Split uses.
 
@@ -232,6 +246,9 @@ There are a few different ways to set handedness for split keyboards (listed in
 * `#define MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT { <col pins> }`
   * If you want to specify a different pinout for the right half than the left half, you can define `MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT`/`MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT`. Currently, the size of `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` must be the same as `MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT` and likewise for the definition of columns.
 
+* `#define RGBLED_SPLIT { 6, 6 }`
+  * See [RGB Light Configuration](#rgb-light-configuration)
+
 * `#define SELECT_SOFT_SERIAL_SPEED <speed>` (default speed is 1)
   * Sets the protocol speed when using serial communication
   * Speeds:
@@ -307,8 +324,8 @@ Use these to enable or disable building certain features. The more you have enab
   * Enables split keyboard support (dual MCU like the let's split and bakingpy's boards) and includes all necessary files located at quantum/split_common
 * `CUSTOM_MATRIX`
   * Allows replacing the standard matrix scanning routine with a custom one.
-* `CUSTOM_DEBOUNCE`
-  * Allows replacing the standard key debouncing routine with a custom one.
+* `DEBOUNCE_TYPE`
+  * Allows replacing the standard key debouncing routine with an alternative or custom one.
 * `WAIT_FOR_USB`
   * Forces the keyboard to wait for a USB connection to be established before it starts up
 * `NO_USB_STARTUP_CHECK`

docs/contributing.md

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Never made an open source contribution before? Wondering how contributions work
 
 Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on, but right now it's not entirely consistent. You should match the style of the code surrounding your change, but if that code is inconsistent or unclear use the following guidelines:
 
-* We indent using two spaces (soft tabs)
+* We indent using four (4) spaces (soft tabs)
 * We use a modified One True Brace Style
   * Opening Brace: At the end of the same line as the statement that opens the block
   * Closing Brace: Lined up with the first character of the statement that opens the block
@@ -71,6 +71,14 @@ Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on, but right now it's not entirely
   * If you not sure if a comment is obvious, go ahead and include it.
 * In general we don't wrap lines, they can be as long as needed. If you do choose to wrap lines please do not wrap any wider than 76 columns.
 * We use `#pragma once` at the start of header files rather than old-style include guards (`#ifndef THIS_FILE_H`, `#define THIS_FILE_H`, ..., `#endif`)
+* We accept both forms of preprocessor if's: `#ifdef DEFINED` and `#if defined(DEFINED)`
+  * If you are not sure which to prefer use the `#if defined(DEFINED)` form.
+  * Do not change existing code from one style to the other, except when moving to a multiple condition `#if`.
+  * Do not put whitespace between `#` and `if`.
+  * When deciding how (or if) to indent directives keep these points in mind:
+    * Readability is more important than consistency.
+    * Follow the file's existing style. If the file is mixed follow the style that makes sense for the section you are modifying.
+    * When choosing to indent you can follow the indention level of the surrounding C code, or preprocessor directives can have their own indent level. Choose the style that best communicates the intent of your code.
 
 Here is an example for easy reference:
 
@@ -129,6 +137,20 @@ Documentation is one of the easiest ways to get started contributing to QMK. Fin
 
 You'll find all our documentation in the `qmk_firmware/docs` directory, or if you'd rather use a web based workflow you can click "Suggest An Edit" at the top of each page on http://docs.qmk.fm/.
 
+When providing code examples in your documentation, try to observe naming conventions used elsewhere in the docs. For example, standardizing enums as `my_layers` or `my_keycodes` for consistency:
+
+```c
+enum my_layers {
+  _FIRST_LAYER,
+  _SECOND_LAYER
+};
+
+enum my_keycodes {
+  FIRST_LAYER = SAFE_RANGE,
+  SECOND_LAYER
+};
+```
+
 ## Keymaps
 
 Most first-time QMK contributors start with their personal keymaps. We try to keep keymap standards pretty casual (keymaps, after all, reflect the personality of their creators) but we do ask that you follow these guidelines to make it easier for others to discover and learn from your keymap.
@@ -137,7 +159,7 @@ Most first-time QMK contributors start with their personal keymaps. We try to ke
 * All Keymap PR's are squashed, so if you care about how your commits are squashed you should do it yourself
 * Do not lump features in with keymap PR's. Submit the feature first and then a second PR for the keymap.
 * Do not include `Makefile`s in your keymap folder (they're no longer used)
-* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME `)
+* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `%YOUR_NAME%`)
 
 ## Keyboards
 
@@ -150,7 +172,7 @@ We also ask that you follow these guidelines:
 * Do not lump core features in with new keyboards. Submit the feature first and then submit a separate PR for the keyboard.
 * Name `.c`/`.h` file after the immediate parent folder, eg `/keyboards/<kb1>/<kb2>/<kb2>.[ch]`
 * Do not include `Makefile`s in your keyboard folder (they're no longer used)
-* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME `)
+* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `%YOUR_NAME%`)
 
 ## Quantum/TMK Core
 

docs/custom_quantum_functions.md

@@ -116,29 +116,29 @@ Use the `IS_LED_ON(usb_led, led_name)` and `IS_LED_OFF(usb_led, led_name)` macro
 ```c
 void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
     if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) {
-        PORTB |= (1<<0);
+        writePinLow(B0);
     } else {
-        PORTB &= ~(1<<0);
+        writePinHigh(B0);
     }
     if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
-        PORTB |= (1<<1);
+        writePinLow(B1);
     } else {
-        PORTB &= ~(1<<1);
+        writePinHigh(B1);
     }
     if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) {
-        PORTB |= (1<<2);
+        writePinLow(B2);
     } else {
-        PORTB &= ~(1<<2);
+        writePinHigh(B2);
     }
     if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_COMPOSE)) {
-        PORTB |= (1<<3);
+        writePinLow(B3);
     } else {
-        PORTB &= ~(1<<3);
+        writePinHigh(B3);
     }
     if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_KANA)) {
-        PORTB |= (1<<4);
+        writePinLow(B4);
     } else {
-        PORTB &= ~(1<<4);
+        writePinHigh(B4);
     }
 }
 ```
@@ -189,16 +189,18 @@ However, if you have hardware stuff that you need initialized, this is the best
 
 ### Example `keyboard_pre_init_user()` Implementation
 
-This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
+This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B0, B1, B2, B3, and B4 as LED pins.
 
 ```c
 void keyboard_pre_init_user(void) {
   // Call the keyboard pre init code.
 
   // Set our LED pins as output
-  DDRB |= (1<<1);
-  DDRB |= (1<<2);
-  DDRB |= (1<<3);
+  setPinOutput(B0);
+  setPinOutput(B1);
+  setPinOutput(B2);
+  setPinOutput(B3);
+  setPinOutput(B4);
 }
 ```
 
@@ -233,7 +235,7 @@ This example, running after everything else has initialized, sets up the rgb und
 void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
   // Call the post init code.
   rgblight_enable_noeeprom(); // enables Rgb, without saving settings
-  rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(180, 255, 255): // sets the color to teal/cyan without saving
+  rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(180, 255, 255); // sets the color to teal/cyan without saving
   rgblight_mode_noeeprom(RGBLIGHT_MODE_BREATHING + 3); // sets mode to Fast breathing without saving
 }
 ```
@@ -270,16 +272,13 @@ This is controlled by two functions: `suspend_power_down_*` and `suspend_wakeup_
 
 ### Example suspend_power_down_user() and suspend_wakeup_init_user() Implementation
 
-This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
 
 ```c
-void suspend_power_down_user(void)
-{
+void suspend_power_down_user(void) {
     rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
 }
 
-void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)
-{
+void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void) {
     rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
 }
 ```
@@ -321,9 +320,10 @@ uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
 ```
 ### `layer_state_set_*` Function Documentation
 
-* Keyboard/Revision: `void uint32_t layer_state_set_kb(uint32_t state)`
+* Keyboard/Revision: `uint32_t layer_state_set_kb(uint32_t state)`
 * Keymap: `uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state)`
 
+
 The `state` is the bitmask of the active layers, as explained in the [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-layer-status)
 
 
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ This is an example of how to add settings, and read and write it. We're using th
 
 
 In your keymap.c file, add this to the top:
-```
+```c
 typedef union {
   uint32_t raw;
   struct {
@@ -356,11 +356,11 @@ user_config_t user_config;
 
 This sets up a 32 bit structure that we can store settings with in memory, and write to the EEPROM. Using this removes the need to define variables, since they're defined in this structure. Remember that `bool` (boolean) values use 1 bit, `uint8_t` uses 8 bits, `uint16_t` uses up 16 bits.  You can mix and match, but changing the order can cause issues, as it will change the values that are read and written. 
 
-We're using `rgb_layer_change`, for the `layer_state_set_*` function, and use `matrix_init_user` and `process_record_user` to configure everything. 
+We're using `rgb_layer_change`, for the `layer_state_set_*` function, and use `keyboard_post_init_user` and `process_record_user` to configure everything. 
 
-Now, using the `matrix_init_user` code above, you want to add `eeconfig_read_user()` to it, to populate the structure you've just created. And you can then immediately use this structure to control functionality in your keymap.  And It should look like: 
-```
-void matrix_init_user(void) {
+Now, using the `keyboard_post_init_user` code above, you want to add `eeconfig_read_user()` to it, to populate the structure you've just created. And you can then immediately use this structure to control functionality in your keymap.  And It should look like: 
+```c
+void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
   // Call the keymap level matrix init.
 
   // Read the user config from EEPROM
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ void matrix_init_user(void) {
 ```
 The above function will use the EEPROM config immediately after reading it, to set the default layer's RGB color. The "raw" value of it is converted in a usable structure based on the "union" that you created above. 
 
-```
+```c
 uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
     switch (biton32(state)) {
     case _RAISE:
@@ -398,8 +398,8 @@ uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
   return state;
 }
 ```
-This will cause the RGB underglow to be changed ONLY if the value was enabled.  Now to configure this value, create a new keycode for `process_record_user` called `RGB_LYR` and `EPRM`. Additionally, we want to make sure that if you use the normal RGB codes, that it turns off  Using the example above, make it look this:
-```
+This will cause the RGB underglow to be changed ONLY if the value was enabled.  Now to configure this value, create a new keycode for `process_record_user` called `RGB_LYR`. Additionally, we want to make sure that if you use the normal RGB codes, that it turns off  Using the example above, make it look this:
+```c
 
 bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
   switch (keycode) {
@@ -416,11 +416,6 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
             PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
         }
         return true; // Let QMK send the enter press/release events
-    case EPRM:
-        if (record->event.pressed) {
-            eeconfig_init(); // resets the EEPROM to default
-        }
-        return false;
     case RGB_LYR:  // This allows me to use underglow as layer indication, or as normal
         if (record->event.pressed) { 
             user_config.rgb_layer_change ^= 1; // Toggles the status
@@ -443,10 +438,11 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
   }
 }
 ```
-And lastly, you want to add the `eeconfig_init_user` function, so that when the EEPROM is reset, you can specify default values, and even custom actions. For example, if you want to set rgb layer indication by default, and save the default valued. 
+And lastly, you want to add the `eeconfig_init_user` function, so that when the EEPROM is reset, you can specify default values, and even custom actions. To force an EEPROM reset, use the `EEP_RST` keycode or [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) functionallity. For example, if you want to set rgb layer indication by default, and save the default valued. 
 
-```
+```c
 void eeconfig_init_user(void) {  // EEPROM is getting reset! 
+  user_config.raw = 0;
   user_config.rgb_layer_change = true; // We want this enabled by default
   eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // Write default value to EEPROM now
 
@@ -465,3 +461,31 @@ And you're done.  The RGB layer indication will only work if you want it to. And
 * Keymap: `void eeconfig_init_user(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_user(void)` and `void eeconfig_update_user(uint32_t val)`
 
 The `val` is the value of the data that you want to write to EEPROM.  And the `eeconfig_read_*` function return a 32 bit (DWORD) value from the EEPROM. 
+
+# Custom Tapping Term
+
+By default, the tapping term is defined globally, and is not configurable by key.  For most users, this is perfectly fine.  But in come cases, dual function keys would be greatly improved by different timeouts than `LT` keys, or because some keys may be easier to hold than others.  Instead of using custom key codes for each, this allows for per key configurable `TAPPING_TERM`.
+
+To enable this functionality, you need to add `#define TAPPING_TERM_PER_KEY` to your `config.h`, first.  
+
+
+## Example `get_tapping_term` Implementation
+
+To change the `TAPPING TERM` based on the keycode, you'd want to add something like the following to your `keymap.c` file: 
+
+```c
+uint16_t get_tapping_term(uint16_t keycode) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case SFT_T(KC_SPC):
+      return TAPPING_TERM + 1250;
+    case LT(1, KC_GRV):
+      return 130;
+    default:
+      return TAPPING_TERM;
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### `get_tapping_term` Function Documentation
+
+Unlike many of the other functions here, there isn't a need (or even reason) to have a quantum or keyboard level function. Only a user level function is useful here, so no need to mark it as such.

docs/faq_build.md

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ or just:
 
     $ sudo make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu
 
-Note that running `make` with `sudo` is generally *not* a good idea, and you should use one of the former methods, if possible.
+Note that running `make` with `sudo` is generally ***not*** a good idea, and you should use one of the former methods, if possible.
 
 ### Linux `udev` Rules
 On Linux, you'll need proper privileges to access the MCU. You can either use
@@ -36,6 +36,12 @@ SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff0", MODE:="066
 # tmk keyboard products     https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
 SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
 ```
+**/etc/udev/rules.d/54-input-club-keyboard.rules:**
+
+```
+# Input Club keyboard bootloader
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1c11", MODE:="0666"
+```
 
 ### Serial device is not detected in bootloader mode on Linux
 Make sure your kernel has appropriate support for your device. If your device uses USB ACM, such as
@@ -47,7 +53,12 @@ If you're using Windows to flash your keyboard, and you are running into issues,
 
 Re-running the installation script for MSYS2 may help (eg run `./util/qmk_install.sh` from MSYS2/WSL) or reinstalling the QMK Toolbox may fix the issue.
 
-If that doesn't work, then you may need to grab the [Zadig Utility](https://zadig.akeo.ie/). Download this, find the device in question, and select the `WinUS(libusb-1.0)` option, and hit "Reinstall driver". Once you've done that, try flashing your board, again.
+If that doesn't work, then you may need to grab the [Zadig Utility](https://zadig.akeo.ie/). Download this, find the device in question, and select the `WinUSB` option, and hit "Reinstall driver". Once you've done that, try flashing your board, again.  If that doesn't work, try all of the options, until one works. 
+
+?> There isn't a best option for which driver should be used here.  Some options work better on some systems than others.  libUSB and WinUSB seem to be the best options here.
+
+If the bootloader doesn't show up in the list for devices, you may need to enable the "List all devices" option in the `Options` menu, and then find the bootloader in question. 
+
 
 ## WINAVR is Obsolete
 It is no longer recommended and may cause some problem.

docs/faq_keymap.md

@@ -151,13 +151,13 @@ This turns right modifier keys into arrow keys when the keys are tapped while st
  */
 const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
     /* 0: qwerty */
-    [0] = KEYMAP( \
+    [0] = LAYOUT( \
         ESC, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, NUHS,BSPC, \
         TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, \
         LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,ENT,  \
         LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,FN0, ESC, \
         FN4, LGUI,LALT,          SPC,                     APP, FN2, FN1, FN3),
-    [1] = KEYMAP( \
+    [1] = LAYOUT( \
         GRV, F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12, TRNS,TRNS, \
         TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,\
         TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \

docs/feature_advanced_keycodes.md

@@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ People often define custom names using `#define`. For example:
 #define ALT_TAB LALT(KC_TAB)
 ```
 
-This will allow you to use `FN_CAPS` and `ALT_TAB` in your `KEYMAP()`, keeping it more readable.
+This will allow you to use `FN_CAPS` and `ALT_TAB` in your keymap, keeping it more readable.
 
 ## Caveats
 
-Currently, `LT()` and `MT()` are limited to the [Basic Keycode set](keycodes_basic.md), meaning you can't use keycodes like `LCTL()`, `KC_TILD`, or anything greater than `0xFF`. Modifiers specified as part of a Layer Tap or Mod Tap's keycode will be ignored.
+Currently, `LT()` and `MT()` are limited to the [Basic Keycode set](keycodes_basic.md), meaning you can't use keycodes like `LCTL()`, `KC_TILD`, or anything greater than `0xFF`. Modifiers specified as part of a Layer Tap or Mod Tap's keycode will be ignored. If you need to apply modifiers to your tapped keycode, [Tap Dance](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/docs/feature_tap_dance.md#example-5-using-tap-dance-for-advanced-mod-tap-and-layer-tap-keys) can be used to accomplish this.
 
 Additionally, if at least one right-handed modifier is specified in a Mod Tap or Layer Tap, it will cause all modifiers specified to become right-handed, so it is not possible to mix and match the two.
 

docs/feature_audio.md

@@ -100,6 +100,16 @@ In music mode, the following keycodes work differently, and don't pass through:
 * `KC_UP` - speed-up playback
 * `KC_DOWN` - slow-down playback
 
+The pitch standard (`PITCH_STANDARD_A`) is 440.0f by default - to change this, add something like this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define PITCH_STANDARD_A 432.0f
+
+You can completely disable Music Mode as well. This is useful, if you're pressed for space on your controller.  To disable it, add this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define NO_MUSIC_MODE
+
+### Music Mask
+
 By default, `MUSIC_MASK` is set to `keycode < 0xFF` which means keycodes less than `0xFF` are turned into notes, and don't output anything. You can change this by defining this in your `config.h` like this:
 
     #define MUSIC_MASK keycode != KC_NO
@@ -120,13 +130,26 @@ For a more advanced way to control which keycodes should still be processed, you
 
 Things that return false are not part of the mask, and are always processed.
 
-The pitch standard (`PITCH_STANDARD_A`) is 440.0f by default - to change this, add something like this to your `config.h`:
+### Music Map
 
-    #define PITCH_STANDARD_A 432.0f
+By default, the Music Mode uses the columns and row to determine the scale for the keys. For a board that uses a rectangular matrix that matches the keyboard layout, this is just fine.  However, for boards that use a more complicated matrix (such as the Planck Rev6, or many split keyboards) this would result in a very skewed experience.  
 
-You can completely disable Music Mode as well. This is useful, if you're pressed for space on your controller.  To disable it, add this to your `config.h`:
+However, the Music Map option allows you to remap the scaling for the music mode, so it fits the layout, and is more natural. 
 
-    #define NO_MUSIC_MODE
+To enable this feature, add `#define MUSIC_MAP` to your `config.h` file, and then you will want to add a `uint8_t music_map` to your keyboard's `c` file, or your `keymap.c`.
+
+```c
+const uint8_t music_map[MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = LAYOUT_ortho_4x12(
+	36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
+	24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+	12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,
+	 0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11
+);
+```
+
+You will want to use whichever `LAYOUT` macro that your keyboard uses here.  This maps it to the correct key location.  Start in  the bottom left of the keyboard layout, and  move to the right, and then upwards.  Fill in all the entries until you have a complete matrix.  
+
+You can look at the [Planck Keyboard](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e9ace1487887c1f8b4a7e8e6d87c322988bec9ce/keyboards/planck/planck.c#L24-L29) as an example of how to implement this. 
 
 ## Audio Click
 

docs/feature_backlight.md

@@ -30,7 +30,31 @@ You should then be able to use the keycodes below to change the backlight level.
 
 This feature is distinct from both the [RGB underglow](feature_rgblight.md) and [RGB matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) features as it usually allows for only a single colour per switch, though you can obviously use multiple different coloured LEDs on a keyboard.
 
-Hardware PWM is only supported on certain pins of the MCU, so if the backlighting is not connected to one of them, a software implementation will be used, and backlight breathing will not be available. Currently the supported pins are `B5`, `B6`, `B7`, and `C6`.
+Hardware PWM is only supported on certain pins of the MCU, so if the backlighting is not connected to one of them, a software PWM implementation triggered by hardware timer interrupts will be used.
+
+Hardware PWM is supported according to the following table:
+
+| Backlight Pin | Hardware timer |
+|---------------|----------------|
+|`B5`           | Timer 1        |
+|`B6`           | Timer 1        |
+|`B7`           | Timer 1        |
+|`C6`           | Timer 3        |
+| other         | Software PWM   |
+
+The [audio feature](feature_audio.md) also uses hardware timers. Please refer to the following table to know what hardware timer the software PWM will use depending on the audio configuration:
+
+| Audio Pin(s) | Audio Timer | Software PWM Timer |
+|--------------|-------------|--------------------|
+| `C4`         | Timer 3     | Timer 1            |
+| `C5`         | Timer 3     | Timer 1            |
+| `C6`         | Timer 3     | Timer 1            |
+| `B5`         | Timer 1     | Timer 3            |
+| `B6`         | Timer 1     | Timer 3            |
+| `B7`         | Timer 1     | Timer 3            |
+| `Bx` & `Cx`  | Timer 1 & 3 | None               |
+
+When all timers are in use for [audio](feature_audio.md), the backlight software PWM will not use a hardware timer, but instead will be triggered during the matrix scan. In this case the backlight doesn't support breathing and might show lighting artifacts (for instance flickering), because the PWM computation might not be called with enough timing precision.
 
 ## Configuration
 
@@ -39,11 +63,26 @@ To change the behaviour of the backlighting, `#define` these in your `config.h`:
 |Define               |Default      |Description                                                                                                  |
 |---------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
 |`BACKLIGHT_PIN`      |`B7`         |The pin that controls the LEDs. Unless you are designing your own keyboard, you shouldn't need to change this|
+|`BACKLIGHT_PINS`     |*Not defined*|experimental: see below for more information|
 |`BACKLIGHT_LEVELS`   |`3`          |The number of brightness levels (maximum 15 excluding off)                                                   |
 |`BACKLIGHT_CAPS_LOCK`|*Not defined*|Enable Caps Lock indicator using backlight (for keyboards without dedicated LED)                             |
-|`BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`|*Not defined*|Enable backlight breathing, if hardware PWM is used                                                          |
+|`BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`|*Not defined*|Enable backlight breathing, if supported                                                          |
 |`BREATHING_PERIOD`   |`6`          |The length of one backlight "breath" in seconds                                                              |
 
+## Multiple backlight pins
+
+Most keyboards have only one backlight pin which control all backlight LEDs (especially if the backlight is connected to an hardware PWM pin).
+In software PWM, it is possible to define multiple backlight pins. All those pins will be turned on and off at the same time during the PWM duty cycle.
+This feature allows to set for instance the Caps Lock LED (or any other controllable LED) brightness at the same level as the other LEDs of the backlight. This is useful if you have mapped LCTRL in place of Caps Lock and you need the Caps Lock LED to be part of the backlight instead of being activated when Caps Lock is on.
+
+To activate multiple backlight pins, you need to add something like this to your user `config.h`:
+
+~~~c
+#define BACKLIGHT_LED_COUNT 2
+#undef BACKLIGHT_PIN
+#define BACKLIGHT_PINS { F5, B2 }
+~~~
+
 ## Hardware PWM Implementation
 
 When using the supported pins for backlighting, QMK will use a hardware timer configured to output a PWM signal. This timer will count up to `ICRx` (by default `0xFFFF`) before resetting to 0.
@@ -53,6 +92,15 @@ In this way `OCRxx` essentially controls the duty cycle of the LEDs, and thus th
 The breathing effect is achieved by registering an interrupt handler for `TIMER1_OVF_vect` that is called whenever the counter resets, roughly 244 times per second.
 In this handler, the value of an incrementing counter is mapped onto a precomputed brightness curve. To turn off breathing, the interrupt handler is simply disabled, and the brightness reset to the level stored in EEPROM.
 
+## Software PWM Implementation
+
+When `BACKLIGHT_PIN` is not set to a hardware backlight pin, QMK will use a hardware timer configured to trigger software interrupts. This time will count up to `ICRx` (by default `0xFFFF`) before resetting to 0.
+When resetting to 0, the CPU will fire an OVF (overflow) interrupt that will turn the LEDs on, starting the duty cycle.
+The desired brightness is calculated and stored in the `OCRxx` register. When the counter reaches this value, the CPU will fire a Compare Output match interrupt, which will turn the LEDs off.
+In this way `OCRxx` essentially controls the duty cycle of the LEDs, and thus the brightness, where `0x0000` is completely off and `0xFFFF` is completely on.
+
+The breathing effect is the same as in the hardware PWM implementation.
+
 ## Backlight Functions
 
 |Function  |Description                                                |

docs/feature_combo.md

@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ combo_t key_combos[COMBO_COUNT] = {COMBO(test_combo, KC_ESC)};
 This will send "Escape" if you hit the A and B keys.
 
 !> This method only supports [basic keycodes](keycodes_basic.md). See the examples for more control.
-!> You cannot reuse (share) keys in combos. Each key should only belong to a single combo.  
 
 ## Examples
 

docs/feature_debounce_type.md

@@ -2,45 +2,41 @@
 
 QMK supports multiple debounce algorithms through its debounce API.
 
-The underlying debounce algorithm is determined by which matrix.c file you are using.
-
 The logic for which debounce method called is below. It checks various defines that you have set in rules.mk
 
 ```
+DEBOUNCE_DIR:= $(QUANTUM_DIR)/debounce
 DEBOUNCE_TYPE?= sym_g
-VALID_DEBOUNCE_TYPES := sym_g eager_pk custom
-ifeq ($(filter $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE),$(VALID_DEBOUNCE_TYPES)),)
-    $(error DEBOUNCE_TYPE="$(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)" is not a valid debounce algorithm)
-endif
-ifeq ($(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)), sym_g)
-    QUANTUM_SRC += $(DEBOUNCE_DIR)/debounce_sym_g.c
-else ifeq ($(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)), eager_pk)
-    QUANTUM_SRC += $(DEBOUNCE_DIR)/debounce_eager_pk.c
+ifneq ($(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)), custom)
+    QUANTUM_SRC += $(DEBOUNCE_DIR)/$(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)).c
 endif
 ```
 
 # Debounce selection
 
-| DEBOUNCE_ALGO    | Description                                                 | What to do                    |
-| -------------    | ---------------------------------------------------         | ----------------------------- |
-| Not defined      | You are using the included matrix.c and debounce.c          | Nothing. Debounce_sym_g will be compiled, and used if necessary |
-| custom           | Use your own debounce.c                                     | ```SRC += debounce.c``` add your own debounce.c and implement necessary functions |
-| sym_g / eager_pk | You are using the included matrix.c and debounce.c          | Use an alternative debounce algorithm |
+| DEBOUNCE_TYPE    | Description                                          | What else is needed           |
+| -------------    | ---------------------------------------------------  | ----------------------------- |
+| Not defined      | Use the default algorithm, currently sym_g           | Nothing                       |
+| custom           | Use your own debounce.c                              | ```SRC += debounce.c``` add your own debounce.c and implement necessary functions |
+| anything_else    | Use another algorithm from quantum/debounce/*        | Nothing                       |
 
-**Regarding split keyboards**: 
+**Regarding split keyboards**:
 The debounce code is compatible with split keyboards.
 
 # Use your own debouncing code
 * Set ```DEBOUNCE_TYPE = custom ```.
 * Add ```SRC += debounce.c```
-* Add your own ```debounce.c```. Look at included ```debounce_sym_g.c```s for sample implementations.
+* Add your own ```debounce.c```. Look at current implementations in ```quantum/debounce``` for examples.
 * Debouncing occurs after every raw matrix scan.
 * Use num_rows rather than MATRIX_ROWS, so that split keyboards are supported correctly.
 
 # Changing between included debouncing methods
 You can either use your own code, by including your own debounce.c, or switch to another included one.
 Included debounce methods are:
-* debounce_eager_pk - debouncing per key. On any state change, response is immediate, followed by ```DEBOUNCE_DELAY``` millseconds of no further input for that key
-* debounce_sym_g - debouncing per keyboard. On any state change, a global timer is set. When ```DEBOUNCE_DELAY``` milliseconds of no changes has occured, all input changes are pushed.
+* eager_pr - debouncing per row. On any state change, response is immediate, followed by locking the row ```DEBOUNCE_DELAY``` milliseconds of no further input for that row. 
+For use in keyboards where refreshing ```NUM_KEYS``` 8-bit counters is computationally expensive / low scan rate, and fingers usually only hit one row at a time. This could be
+appropriate for the ErgoDox models; the matrix is rotated 90°, and hence its "rows" are really columns, and each finger only hits a single "row" at a time in normal use.
+* eager_pk - debouncing per key. On any state change, response is immediate, followed by ```DEBOUNCE_DELAY``` milliseconds of no further input for that key
+* sym_g - debouncing per keyboard. On any state change, a global timer is set. When ```DEBOUNCE_DELAY``` milliseconds of no changes has occured, all input changes are pushed.
 
 

docs/feature_grave_esc.md

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ If Mary presses GESC on her keyboard, the OS will see an KC_ESC character. Now i
 
 ### Caveats
 
- * On macOS CMD/GUI + KC_GRV is actually mapped to a hot key so it will not output a backtick.
+On macOS, Command+<code>&#96;</code> is by default mapped to "Move focus to next window" so it will not output a backtick. Additionally, Terminal always recognises this shortcut to cycle between windows, even if the shortcut is changed in the Keyboard preferences.
 
 ## Configuration
 

docs/feature_macros.md

@@ -146,9 +146,102 @@ send_string(my_str);
 SEND_STRING(".."SS_TAP(X_END));
 ```
 
-## The Old Way: `MACRO()` & `action_get_macro`
 
-?> This is inherited from TMK, and hasn't been updated - it's recommend that you use `SEND_STRING` and `process_record_user` instead.
+## Advanced Macro Functions
+
+There are some functions you may find useful in macro-writing. Keep in mind that while you can write some fairly advanced code within a macro, if your functionality gets too complex you may want to define a custom keycode instead. Macros are meant to be simple.
+
+### `record->event.pressed`
+
+This is a boolean value that can be tested to see if the switch is being pressed or released. An example of this is
+
+```c
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // on keydown
+    } else {
+        // on keyup
+    }
+```
+
+### `register_code(<kc>);`
+
+This sends the `<kc>` keydown event to the computer. Some examples would be `KC_ESC`, `KC_C`, `KC_4`, and even modifiers such as `KC_LSFT` and `KC_LGUI`.
+
+### `unregister_code(<kc>);`
+
+Parallel to `register_code` function, this sends the `<kc>` keyup event to the computer. If you don't use this, the key will be held down until it's sent.
+
+### `tap_code(<kc>);`
+
+This will send `register_code(<kc>)` and then `unregister_code(<kc>)`. This is useful if you want to send both the press and release events ("tap" the key, rather than hold it).
+
+If you're having issues with taps (un)registering, you can add a delay between the register and unregister events by setting `#define TAP_CODE_DELAY 100` in your `config.h` file. The value is in milliseconds.
+
+### `register_code16(<kc>);`, `unregister_code16(<kc>);` and `tap_code16(<kc>);`
+
+These functions work similar to their regular counterparts, but allow you to use modded keycodes (with Shift, Alt, Control, and/or GUI applied to them).
+
+Eg, you could use `register_code16(S(KC_5));` instead of registering the mod, then registering the keycode.
+
+### `clear_keyboard();`
+
+This will clear all mods and keys currently pressed.
+
+### `clear_mods();`
+
+This will clear all mods currently pressed.
+
+### `clear_keyboard_but_mods();`
+
+This will clear all keys besides the mods currently pressed.
+
+## Advanced Example: 
+
+### Super ALT↯TAB
+
+This macro will register `KC_LALT` and tap `KC_TAB`, then wait for 1000ms. If the key is tapped again, it will send another `KC_TAB`; if there is no tap, `KC_LALT` will be unregistered, thus allowing you to cycle through windows. 
+
+```c
+bool is_alt_tab_active = false;    # ADD this near the begining of keymap.c
+uint16_t alt_tab_timer = 0;        # we will be using them soon.
+
+enum custom_keycodes {             # Make sure have the awesome keycode ready
+  ALT_TAB = SAFE_RANGE,
+};
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {               # This will do most of the grunt work with the keycodes.
+    case ALT_TAB:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        if (!is_alt_tab_active) {
+          is_alt_tab_active = true;
+          register_code(KC_LALT);
+        } 
+        alt_tab_timer = timer_read();
+        register_code(KC_TAB);
+      } else {
+        unregister_code(KC_TAB);
+      }
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {     # The very important timer. 
+  if (is_alt_tab_active) {
+    if (timer_elapsed(alt_tab_timer) > 1000) {
+      unregister_code16(LALT(KC_TAB));
+      is_alt_tab_active = false;
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+---
+
+##  **(DEPRECATED)** The Old Way: `MACRO()` & `action_get_macro`
+
+!> This is inherited from TMK, and hasn't been updated - it's recommended that you use `SEND_STRING` and `process_record_user` instead.
 
 By default QMK assumes you don't have any macros. To define your macros you create an `action_get_macro()` function. For example:
 
@@ -183,11 +276,11 @@ A macro can include the following commands:
 
 ### Mapping a Macro to a Key
 
-Use the `M()` function within your `KEYMAP()` to call a macro. For example, here is the keymap for a 2-key keyboard:
+Use the `M()` function within your keymap to call a macro. For example, here is the keymap for a 2-key keyboard:
 
 ```c
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-    [0] = KEYMAP(
+    [0] = LAYOUT(
         M(0), M(1)
     ),
 };
@@ -216,55 +309,16 @@ If you have a bunch of macros you want to refer to from your keymap while keepin
 #define M_BYE M(1)
 
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-    [0] = KEYMAP(
+    [0] = LAYOUT(
         M_HI, M_BYE
     ),
 };
 ```
 
-## Advanced Macro Functions
 
-There are some functions you may find useful in macro-writing. Keep in mind that while you can write some fairly advanced code within a macro if your functionality gets too complex you may want to define a custom keycode instead. Macros are meant to be simple.
+## Advanced Example: 
 
-### `record->event.pressed`
-
-This is a boolean value that can be tested to see if the switch is being pressed or released. An example of this is
-
-```c
-    if (record->event.pressed) {
-        // on keydown
-    } else {
-        // on keyup
-    }
-```
-
-### `register_code(<kc>);`
-
-This sends the `<kc>` keydown event to the computer. Some examples would be `KC_ESC`, `KC_C`, `KC_4`, and even modifiers such as `KC_LSFT` and `KC_LGUI`.
-
-### `unregister_code(<kc>);`
-
-Parallel to `register_code` function, this sends the `<kc>` keyup event to the computer. If you don't use this, the key will be held down until it's sent.
-
-### `tap_code(<kc>);`
-
-This will send `register_code(<kc>)` and then `unregister_code(<kc>)`. This is useful if you want to send both the press and release events ("tap" the key, rather than hold it).
-
-If you're having issues with taps (un)registering, you can add a delay between the register and unregister events by setting `#define TAP_CODE_DELAY 100` in your `config.h` file. The value is in milliseconds.
-
-### `clear_keyboard();`
-
-This will clear all mods and keys currently pressed.
-
-### `clear_mods();`
-
-This will clear all mods currently pressed.
-
-### `clear_keyboard_but_mods();`
-
-This will clear all keys besides the mods currently pressed.
-
-## Advanced Example: Single-Key Copy/Paste
+### Single-Key Copy/Paste
 
 This example defines a macro which sends `Ctrl-C` when pressed down, and `Ctrl-V` when released.
 

docs/feature_mouse_keys.md

@@ -1,81 +1,119 @@
-# Mousekeys
+# Mouse keys
 
+Mouse keys is a feature that allows you to emulate a mouse using your keyboard. You can move the pointer at different speeds, press 5 buttons and scroll in 8 directions.
 
-Mousekeys is a feature that allows you to emulate a mouse using your keyboard. You can move the pointer around, click up to 5 buttons, and even scroll in all 4 directions. QMK uses the same algorithm as the X Window System MouseKeysAccel feature. You can read more about it [on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys).
+## Adding mouse keys to your keyboard
 
-## Adding Mousekeys to a Keymap
+To use mouse keys, you must at least enable mouse keys support and map mouse actions to keys on your keyboard.
 
-There are two steps to adding Mousekeys support to your keyboard. You must enable support in the `rules.mk` file and you must map mouse actions to keys on your keyboard.
+### Enabling mouse keys
 
-### Adding Mousekeys Support in the `rules.mk`
+To enable mouse keys, add the following line to your keymap’s `rules.mk`:
 
-To add support for Mousekeys you simply need to add a single line to your keymap's `rules.mk`:
-
-```
+```c
 MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes
 ```
 
-You can see an example here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/keymaps/mouse_keys/rules.mk
+### Mapping mouse actions
 
-### Mapping Mouse Actions to Keyboard Keys
+In your keymap you can use the following keycodes to map key presses to mouse actions:
 
-You can use these keycodes within your keymap to map button presses to mouse actions:
+|Key             |Aliases  |Description      |
+|----------------|---------|-----------------|
+|`KC_MS_UP`      |`KC_MS_U`|Move cursor up   |
+|`KC_MS_DOWN`    |`KC_MS_D`|Move cursor down |
+|`KC_MS_LEFT`    |`KC_MS_L`|Move cursor left |
+|`KC_MS_RIGHT`   |`KC_MS_R`|Move cursor right|
+|`KC_MS_BTN1`    |`KC_BTN1`|Press button 1   |
+|`KC_MS_BTN2`    |`KC_BTN2`|Press button 2   |
+|`KC_MS_BTN3`    |`KC_BTN3`|Press button 3   |
+|`KC_MS_BTN4`    |`KC_BTN4`|Press button 4   |
+|`KC_MS_BTN5`    |`KC_BTN5`|Press button 5   |
+|`KC_MS_WH_UP`   |`KC_WH_U`|Move wheel up    |
+|`KC_MS_WH_DOWN` |`KC_WH_D`|Move wheel down  |
+|`KC_MS_WH_LEFT` |`KC_WH_L`|Move wheel left  |
+|`KC_MS_WH_RIGHT`|`KC_WH_R`|Move wheel right |
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL0`  |`KC_ACL0`|Set speed to 0   |
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL1`  |`KC_ACL1`|Set speed to 1   |
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL2`  |`KC_ACL2`|Set speed to 2   |
 
-|Key             |Aliases  |Description                |
-|----------------|---------|---------------------------|
-|`KC_MS_UP`      |`KC_MS_U`|Mouse Cursor Up            |
-|`KC_MS_DOWN`    |`KC_MS_D`|Mouse Cursor Down          |
-|`KC_MS_LEFT`    |`KC_MS_L`|Mouse Cursor Left          |
-|`KC_MS_RIGHT`   |`KC_MS_R`|Mouse Cursor Right         |
-|`KC_MS_BTN1`    |`KC_BTN1`|Mouse Button 1             |
-|`KC_MS_BTN2`    |`KC_BTN2`|Mouse Button 2             |
-|`KC_MS_BTN3`    |`KC_BTN3`|Mouse Button 3             |
-|`KC_MS_BTN4`    |`KC_BTN4`|Mouse Button 4             |
-|`KC_MS_BTN5`    |`KC_BTN5`|Mouse Button 5             |
-|`KC_MS_WH_UP`   |`KC_WH_U`|Mouse Wheel Up             |
-|`KC_MS_WH_DOWN` |`KC_WH_D`|Mouse Wheel Down           |
-|`KC_MS_WH_LEFT` |`KC_WH_L`|Mouse Wheel Left           |
-|`KC_MS_WH_RIGHT`|`KC_WH_R`|Mouse Wheel Right          |
-|`KC_MS_ACCEL0`  |`KC_ACL0`|Set mouse acceleration to 0|
-|`KC_MS_ACCEL1`  |`KC_ACL1`|Set mouse acceleration to 1|
-|`KC_MS_ACCEL2`  |`KC_ACL2`|Set mouse acceleration to 2|
+## Configuring mouse keys
 
-You can see an example in the `_ML` here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/keymaps/mouse_keys/keymap.c#L46
+Mouse keys supports two different modes to move the cursor:
 
-## Configuring the Behavior of Mousekeys
+* **Accelerated (default):** Holding movement keys accelerates the cursor until it reaches its maximum speed.
+* **Constant:** Holding movement keys moves the cursor at constant speeds.
 
-The default speed for controlling the mouse with the keyboard is intentionally slow. You can adjust these parameters by adding these settings to your keymap's `config.h` file. All times are specified in milliseconds (ms).
+The same principle applies to scrolling.
 
-```
-#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY             300
-#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL          50
-#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED         10
-#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX       20
-#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED   8
-#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX 40
+Configuration options that are times, intervals or delays are given in milliseconds. Scroll speed is given as multiples of the default scroll step. For example, a scroll speed of 8 means that each scroll action covers 8 times the length of the default scroll step as defined by your operating system or application.
+
+### Accelerated mode
+
+This is the default mode. You can adjust the cursor and scrolling acceleration using the following settings in your keymap’s `config.h` file:
+
+|Define                      |Default|Description                                              |
+|----------------------------|-------|---------------------------------------------------------|
+|`MOUSEKEY_DELAY`            |300    |Delay between pressing a movement key and cursor movement|
+|`MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`         |50     |Time between cursor movements                            |
+|`MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`        |10     |Maximum cursor speed at which acceleration stops         |
+|`MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX`      |20     |Time until maximum cursor speed is reached               |
+|`MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED`  |8      |Maximum number of scroll steps per scroll action         |
+|`MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX`|40     |Time until maximum scroll speed is reached               |
+
+Tips:
+
+* Setting `MOUSEKEY_DELAY` too low makes the cursor unresponsive. Setting it too high makes small movements difficult.
+* For smoother cursor movements, lower the value of `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`. If the refresh rate of your display is 60Hz, you could set it to `16` (1/60). As this raises the cursor speed significantly, you may want to lower `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`.
+* Setting `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX` or `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX` to `0` will disable acceleration for the cursor or scrolling respectively. This way you can make one of them constant while keeping the other accelerated, which is not possible in constant speed mode.
+
+Cursor acceleration uses the same algorithm as the X Window System MouseKeysAccel feature. You can read more about it [on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys).
+
+### Constant mode
+
+In this mode you can define multiple different speeds for both the cursor and the mouse wheel. There is no acceleration. `KC_ACL0`, `KC_ACL1` and `KC_ACL2` change the cursor and scroll speed to their respective setting.
+
+You can choose whether speed selection is momentary or tap-to-select:
+
+* **Momentary:** The chosen speed is only active while you hold the respective key. When the key is raised, mouse keys returns to the unmodified speed.
+* **Tap-to-select:** The chosen speed is activated when you press the respective key and remains active even after the key has been raised. The default speed is that of `KC_ACL1`. There is no unmodified speed.
+
+The default speeds from slowest to fastest are as follows:
+
+* **Momentary:** `KC_ACL0` < `KC_ACL1` < *unmodified* < `KC_ACL2`
+* **Tap-to-select:** `KC_ACL0` < `KC_ACL1` < `KC_ACL2`
+
+To use constant speed mode, you must at least define `MK_3_SPEED` in your keymap’s `config.h` file:
+
+```c
+#define MK_3_SPEED
 ```
 
+To enable momentary mode, also define `MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL`:
 
-### `MOUSEKEY_DELAY`
+```c
+#define MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL
+```
 
-When one of the mouse movement buttons is pressed this setting is used to define the delay between that button press and the mouse cursor moving. Some people find that small movements are impossible if this setting is too low, while settings that are too high feel sluggish.
+Use the following settings if you want to adjust cursor movement or scrolling:
 
-### `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`
-
-When a movement key is held down this specifies how long to wait between each movement report. Lower settings will translate into an effectively higher mouse speed.
-
-### `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`
-
-As a movement key is held down the speed of the mouse cursor will increase until it reaches `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`.
-
-### `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX`
-
-How long you want to hold down a movement key for until `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your cursor will accelerate.
-
-### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED`
-
-The top speed for scrolling movements.
-
-### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX`
-
-How long you want to hold down a scroll key for until `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your scrolling will accelerate.
+|Define               |Default      |Description                                |
+|---------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------|
+|`MK_3_SPEED`         |*Not defined*|Enable constant cursor speeds              |
+|`MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL` |*Not defined*|Enable momentary speed selection           |
+|`MK_C_OFFSET_UNMOD`  |16           |Cursor offset per movement (unmodified)    |
+|`MK_C_INTERVAL_UNMOD`|16           |Time between cursor movements (unmodified) |
+|`MK_C_OFFSET_0`      |1            |Cursor offset per movement (`KC_ACL0`)     |
+|`MK_C_INTERVAL_0`    |32           |Time between cursor movements (`KC_ACL0`)  |
+|`MK_C_OFFSET_1`      |4            |Cursor offset per movement (`KC_ACL1`)     |
+|`MK_C_INTERVAL_1`    |16           |Time between cursor movements (`KC_ACL1`)  |
+|`MK_C_OFFSET_2`      |32           |Cursor offset per movement (`KC_ACL2`)     |
+|`MK_C_INTERVAL_2`    |16           |Time between cursor movements (`KC_ACL2`)  |
+|`MK_W_OFFSET_UNMOD`  |1            |Scroll steps per scroll action (unmodified)|
+|`MK_W_INTERVAL_UNMOD`|40           |Time between scroll steps (unmodified)     |
+|`MK_W_OFFSET_0`      |1            |Scroll steps per scroll action (`KC_ACL0`) |
+|`MK_W_INTERVAL_0`    |360          |Time between scroll steps (`KC_ACL0`)      |
+|`MK_W_OFFSET_1`      |1            |Scroll steps per scroll action (`KC_ACL1`) |
+|`MK_W_INTERVAL_1`    |120          |Time between scroll steps (`KC_ACL1`)      |
+|`MK_W_OFFSET_2`      |1            |Scroll steps per scroll action (`KC_ACL2`) |
+|`MK_W_INTERVAL_2`    |20           |Time between scroll steps (`KC_ACL2`)      |

docs/feature_oled_driver.md

@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+# OLED Driver
+
+## OLED Supported Hardware
+
+128x32 OLED modules using SSD1306 driver IC over I2C. Supported on AVR based keyboards. Possible but untested hardware includes ARM based keyboards and other sized OLED modules using SSD1306 over I2C, such as 128x64. 
+
+!> Warning: This OLED Driver currently uses the new i2c_master driver from split common code. If your split keyboard uses i2c to communication between sides this driver could cause an address conflict (serial is fine). Please contact your keyboard vendor and ask them to migrate to the latest split common code to fix this. 
+
+## Usage
+
+To enable the OLED feature, there are three steps. First, when compiling your keyboard, you'll need to set `OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE=yes` in `rules.mk`, e.g.:
+
+```
+OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+This enables the feature and the `OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE` define. Then in your `keymap.c` file, you will need to implement the user task call, e.g:
+
+```C++
+#ifdef OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE
+void oled_task_user(void) {
+  // Host Keyboard Layer Status
+  oled_write_P(PSTR("Layer: "), false);
+  switch (biton32(layer_state)) {
+    case _QWERTY:
+      oled_write_P(PSTR("Default\n"), false);
+      break;
+    case _FN:
+      oled_write_P(PSTR("FN\n"), false);
+      break;
+    case _ADJ:
+      oled_write_P(PSTR("ADJ\n"), false);
+      break;
+    default:
+      // Or use the write_ln shortcut over adding '\n' to the end of your string
+      oled_write_ln_P(PSTR("Undefined"), false);
+  }
+
+  // Host Keyboard LED Status
+  uint8_t led_usb_state = host_keyboard_leds();
+  oled_write_P(led_usb_state & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK) ? PSTR("NUMLCK ") : PSTR("       "), false);
+  oled_write_P(led_usb_state & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK) ? PSTR("CAPLCK ") : PSTR("       "), false);
+  oled_write_P(led_usb_state & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK) ? PSTR("SCRLCK ") : PSTR("       "), false);
+}
+#endif
+```
+
+## Logo Example
+
+In the default font, ranges in the font file are reserved for a QMK Logo. To Render this logo to the oled screen, use the following code example:
+
+```C++
+static void render_logo(void) {
+  static const char PROGMEM qmk_logo[] = {
+    0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8a,0x8b,0x8c,0x8d,0x8e,0x8f,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,
+    0xa0,0xa1,0xa2,0xa3,0xa4,0xa5,0xa6,0xa7,0xa8,0xa9,0xaa,0xab,0xac,0xad,0xae,0xaf,0xb0,0xb1,0xb2,0xb3,0xb4,
+    0xc0,0xc1,0xc2,0xc3,0xc4,0xc5,0xc6,0xc7,0xc8,0xc9,0xca,0xcb,0xcc,0xcd,0xce,0xcf,0xd0,0xd1,0xd2,0xd3,0xd4,0};
+
+  oled_write_P(qmk_logo, false);
+}
+```
+
+## Other Examples
+
+In split keyboards, it is very common to have two OLED displays that each render different content and oriented flipped differently. You can do this by switching which content to render by using the return from `is_keyboard_master()` or `is_keyboard_left()` found in `split_util.h`, e.g:
+
+```C++
+#ifdef OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE
+oled_rotation_t oled_init_user(oled_rotation_t rotation) {
+  if (!is_keyboard_master())
+    return OLED_ROTATION_180;  // flips the display 180 degrees if offhand
+  return rotation;
+}
+
+void oled_task_user(void) {
+  if (is_keyboard_master()) {
+    render_status();     // Renders the current keyboard state (layer, lock, caps, scroll, etc)
+  } else {
+    render_logo();       // Renders a statuc logo
+    oled_scroll_left();  // Turns on scrolling
+  }
+}
+#endif
+```
+
+
+ ## Basic Configuration
+
+|Define                 |Default        |Description                                     |
+|-----------------------|---------------|------------------------------------------------|
+|`OLED_DISPLAY_ADDRESS` |`0x3C`         |The i2c address of the OLED Display             |
+|`OLED_FONT_H`          |`"glcdfont.c"` |The font code file to use for custom fonts      |
+|`OLED_FONT_START`      |`0`            |The starting characer index for custom fonts    |
+|`OLED_FONT_END`        |`224`          |The ending characer index for custom fonts      |
+|`OLED_FONT_WIDTH`      |`6`            |The font width                                  |
+|`OLED_FONT_HEIGHT`     |`8`            |The font height (untested)                      |
+|`OLED_DISABLE_TIMEOUT` |*Not defined*  |Disables the built in OLED timeout feature. Useful when implementing custom timeout rules.|
+
+
+
+ ## 128x64 & Custom sized OLED Displays
+
+ The default display size for this feature is 128x32 and all necessary defines are precalculated with that in mind. We have added a define, `OLED_DISPLAY_128X64`, to switch all the values to be used in a 128x64 display, as well as added a custom define, `OLED_DISPLAY_CUSTOM`, that allows you to provide the necessary values to the driver.
+
+|Define                 |Default        |Description                                                      |
+|-----------------------|---------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`OLED_DISPLAY_128X64`  |*Not defined*  |Changes the display defines for use with 128x64 displays.        |
+|`OLED_DISPLAY_CUSTOM`  |*Not defined*  |Changes the display defines for use with custom displays.<br />Requires user to implement the below defines. |
+|`OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH`   |`128`          |The width of the OLED display.                                   |
+|`OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT`  |`32`           |The height of the OLED display.                                  |
+|`OLED_MATRIX_SIZE`     |`512`          |The local buffer size to allocate.<br />`(OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT / 8 * OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH)`|
+|`OLED_BLOCK_TYPE`      |`uint16_t`     |The unsigned integer type to use for dirty rendering.|
+|`OLED_BLOCK_COUNT`     |`16`           |The number of blocks the display is divided into for dirty rendering.<br />`(sizeof(OLED_BLOCK_TYPE) * 8)`|
+|`OLED_BLOCK_SIZE`      |`32`           |The size of each block for dirty rendering<br />`(OLED_MATRIX_SIZE / OLED_BLOCK_COUNT)`|
+|`OLED_SOURCE_MAP`      |`{ 0, ... N }` |Precalculated source array to use for mapping source buffer to target OLED memory in 90 degree rendering.         |
+|`OLED_TARGET_MAP`      |`{ 24, ... N }`|Precalculated target array to use for mapping source buffer to target OLED memory in 90 degree rendering.         |
+
+
+### 90 Degree Rotation - Technical Mumbo Jumbo 
+
+```C
+// OLED Rotation enum values are flags
+typedef enum {
+    OLED_ROTATION_0   = 0,
+    OLED_ROTATION_90  = 1,
+    OLED_ROTATION_180 = 2,
+    OLED_ROTATION_270 = 3, // OLED_ROTATION_90 | OLED_ROTATION_180
+} oled_rotation_t;
+```
+
+ OLED displays driven by SSD1306 drivers only natively support in hard ware 0 degree and 180 degree rendering. This feature is done in software and not free. Using this feature will increase the time to calculate what data to send over i2c to the OLED. If you are strapped for cycles, this can cause keycodes to not register. In testing however, the rendering time on an `atmega32u4` board only went from 2ms to 5ms and keycodes not registering was only noticed once we hit 15ms. 
+ 
+ 90 Degree Rotated Rendering is achieved by using bitwise operations to rotate each 8 block of memory and uses two precalculated arrays to remap buffer memory to OLED memory. The memory map defines are precalculated for remap performance and are calculated based on the OLED Height, Width, and Block Size. For example, in the 128x32 implementation with a `uint8_t` block type, we have a 64 byte block size. This gives us eight 8 byte blocks that need to be rotated and rendered. The OLED renders horizontally two 8 byte blocks before moving down a page, e.g:
+
+|   |   |   |   |   |   |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 0 | 1 |   |   |   |   |
+| 2 | 3 |   |   |   |   |
+| 4 | 5 |   |   |   |   |
+| 6 | 7 |   |   |   |   |
+
+However the local buffer is stored as if it was Height x Width display instead of Width x Height, e.g:
+
+|   |   |   |   |   |   |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 3 | 7 |   |   |   |   |
+| 2 | 6 |   |   |   |   |
+| 1 | 5 |   |   |   |   |
+| 0 | 4 |   |   |   |   |
+
+So those precalculated arrays just index the memory offsets in the order in which each one iterates its data.
+
+## OLED API
+
+```C++
+// OLED Rotation enum values are flags
+typedef enum {
+    OLED_ROTATION_0   = 0,
+    OLED_ROTATION_90  = 1,
+    OLED_ROTATION_180 = 2,
+    OLED_ROTATION_270 = 3, // OLED_ROTATION_90 | OLED_ROTATION_180
+} oled_rotation_t;
+
+// Initialize the OLED display, rotating the rendered output based on the define passed in.
+// Returns true if the OLED was initialized successfully
+bool oled_init(oled_rotation_t rotation);
+
+// Called at the start of oled_init, weak function overridable by the user
+// rotation - the value passed into oled_init
+// Return new oled_rotation_t if you want to override default rotation
+oled_rotation_t oled_init_user(oled_rotation_t rotation);
+
+// Clears the display buffer, resets cursor position to 0, and sets the buffer to dirty for rendering
+void oled_clear(void);
+
+// Renders the dirty chunks of the buffer to OLED display
+void oled_render(void);
+
+// Moves cursor to character position indicated by column and line, wraps if out of bounds
+// Max column denoted by 'oled_max_chars()' and max lines by 'oled_max_lines()' functions
+void oled_set_cursor(uint8_t col, uint8_t line);
+
+// Advances the cursor to the next page, writing ' ' if true
+// Wraps to the begining when out of bounds
+void oled_advance_page(bool clearPageRemainder);
+
+// Moves the cursor forward 1 character length
+// Advance page if there is not enough room for the next character
+// Wraps to the begining when out of bounds
+void oled_advance_char(void);
+
+// Writes a single character to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Main handler that writes character data to the display buffer
+void oled_write_char(const char data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+void oled_write(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Advances the cursor to the next page, wiring ' ' to the remainder of the current page
+void oled_write_ln(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a PROGMEM string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Remapped to call 'void oled_write(const char *data, bool invert);' on ARM
+void oled_write_P(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a PROGMEM string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Advances the cursor to the next page, wiring ' ' to the remainder of the current page
+// Remapped to call 'void oled_write_ln(const char *data, bool invert);' on ARM
+void oled_write_ln_P(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+// Can be used to manually turn on the screen if it is off
+// Returns true if the screen was on or turns on
+bool oled_on(void);
+
+// Can be used to manually turn off the screen if it is on
+// Returns true if the screen was off or turns off
+bool oled_off(void);
+
+// Basically it's oled_render, but with timeout management and oled_task_user calling!
+void oled_task(void);
+
+// Called at the start of oled_task, weak function overridable by the user
+void oled_task_user(void);
+
+// Scrolls the entire display right
+// Returns true if the screen was scrolling or starts scrolling
+// NOTE: display contents cannot be changed while scrolling
+bool oled_scroll_right(void);
+
+// Scrolls the entire display left
+// Returns true if the screen was scrolling or starts scrolling
+// NOTE: display contents cannot be changed while scrolling
+bool oled_scroll_left(void);
+
+// Turns off display scrolling
+// Returns true if the screen was not scrolling or stops scrolling
+bool oled_scroll_off(void);
+
+// Returns the maximum number of characters that will fit on a line
+uint8_t oled_max_chars(void);
+
+// Returns the maximum number of lines that will fit on the OLED
+uint8_t oled_max_lines(void);
+```
+
+## SSD1306.h driver conversion guide
+
+|Old API                    |Recommended New API                |
+|---------------------------|-----------------------------------|
+|`struct CharacterMatrix`   |*removed - delete all references*  |
+|`iota_gfx_init`            |`oled_init`                        |
+|`iota_gfx_on`              |`oled_on`                          |
+|`iota_gfx_off`             |`oled_off`                         |
+|`iota_gfx_flush`           |`oled_render`                      |
+|`iota_gfx_write_char`      |`oled_write_char`                  |
+|`iota_gfx_write`           |`oled_write`                       |
+|`iota_gfx_write_P`         |`oled_write_P`                     |
+|`iota_gfx_clear_screen`    |`oled_clear`                       |
+|`matrix_clear`             |*removed - delete all references*  |
+|`matrix_write_char_inner`  |`oled_write_char`                  |
+|`matrix_write_char`        |`oled_write_char`                  |
+|`matrix_write`             |`oled_write`                       |
+|`matrix_write_ln`          |`oled_write_ln`                    |
+|`matrix_write_P`           |`oled_write_P`                     |
+|`matrix_write_ln_P`        |`oled_write_ln_P`                  |
+|`matrix_render`            |`oled_render`                      |
+|`iota_gfx_task`            |`oled_task`                        |
+|`iota_gfx_task_user`       |`oled_task_user`                   |

docs/feature_rgb_matrix.md

@@ -5,217 +5,367 @@ This feature allows you to use RGB LED matrices driven by external drivers. It h
 If you want to use single color LED's you should use the [LED Matrix Subsystem](feature_led_matrix.md) instead.
 
 ## Driver configuration
-
+---
 ### IS31FL3731
 
 There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3731 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
 
-    RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
+```C
+RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
+```
 
 Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
 
-	// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
-	// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
-	// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
-	// 0b1110100 AD <-> GND
-	// 0b1110111 AD <-> VCC
-	// 0b1110101 AD <-> SCL
-	// 0b1110110 AD <-> SDA
-	#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1110100
-	#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1110110
+```C
+// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
+// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
+// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
+// 0b1110100 AD <-> GND
+// 0b1110111 AD <-> VCC
+// 0b1110101 AD <-> SCL
+// 0b1110110 AD <-> SDA
+#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1110100
+#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1110110
 
-	#define DRIVER_COUNT 2
-	#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 25
-	#define DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL 24
-	#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
+#define DRIVER_COUNT 2
+#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 25
+#define DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL 24
+#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
+```
 
 Currently only 2 drivers are supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations.
 
 Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
 
-	const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
-	/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
-	 *   driver
-	 *   |  R location
-	 *   |  |      G location
-	 *   |  |      |      B location
-	 *   |  |      |      | */
-	    {0, C1_3,  C2_3,  C3_3},
-	    ....
-	}
+```C
+const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
+    *   driver
+    *   |  R location
+    *   |  |      G location
+    *   |  |      |      B location
+    *   |  |      |      | */
+    {0, C1_3,  C2_3,  C3_3},
+    ....
+}
+```
 
 Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0` or `1` right now).
 
-###  IS31FL3733
+---
+###  IS31FL3733/IS31FL3737
+
+!> For the IS31FL3737, replace all instances of `IS31FL3733` below with `IS31FL3737`.
 
 There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3733 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
 
-    RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3733
+```C
+RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3733
+```
 
 Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
 
-	// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
-	// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
-	// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
-	// 00 <-> GND
-	// 01 <-> SCL
-	// 10 <-> SDA
-	// 11 <-> VCC
-	// ADDR1 represents A1:A0 of the 7-bit address.
-	// ADDR2 represents A3:A2 of the 7-bit address.
-	// The result is: 0b101(ADDR2)(ADDR1)
-	#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1010000
-	#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1010000 // this is here for compliancy reasons.
+```C
+// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
+// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
+// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
+// 00 <-> GND
+// 01 <-> SCL
+// 10 <-> SDA
+// 11 <-> VCC
+// ADDR1 represents A1:A0 of the 7-bit address.
+// ADDR2 represents A3:A2 of the 7-bit address.
+// The result is: 0b101(ADDR2)(ADDR1)
+#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1010000
+#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1010000 // this is here for compliancy reasons.
 
-	#define DRIVER_COUNT 1
-	#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 64
-	#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL
+#define DRIVER_COUNT 2
+#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 64
+#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL
+```
 
 Currently only a single drivers is supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations. For now define `DRIVER_ADDR_2` as `DRIVER_ADDR_1`
 
 Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
 
-	const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
-	/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
-	 *   driver
-	 *   |  R location
-	 *   |  |       G location
-	 *   |  |       |       B location
-	 *   |  |       |       | */
-	    {0, B_1,    A_1,    C_1},
-	    ....
-	}
+```C
+const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
+    *   driver
+    *   |  R location
+    *   |  |       G location
+    *   |  |       |       B location
+    *   |  |       |       | */
+    {0, B_1,    A_1,    C_1},
+    ....
+}
+```
 
 Where `X_Y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3733.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3733.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (Only `0` right now).
 
-From this point forward the configuration is the same for all the drivers. 
+---
 
-	const rgb_led g_rgb_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
-	/* {row | col << 4}
-	 *    |           {x=0..224, y=0..64}
-	 *    |              |               modifier
-	 *    |              |                 | */
-	    {{0|(0<<4)},   {20.36*0, 21.33*0}, 1},
-	    {{0|(1<<4)},   {20.36*1, 21.33*0}, 1},
-	    ....
-	}
+### WS2812 (AVR only)
 
-The format for the matrix position used in this array is `{row | (col << 4)}`. The `x` is between (inclusive) 0-224, and `y` is between (inclusive) 0-64. The easiest way to calculate these positions is:
+There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with a WS2811/WS2812{a,b,c} addressable LED strand. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
 
-    x = 224 / ( NUMBER_OF_ROWS - 1 ) * ROW_POSITION
-    y = 64 / (NUMBER_OF_COLS - 1 ) * COL_POSITION
+```C
+RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = WS2812
+```
 
-Where all variables are decimels/floats.
+Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
 
-`modifier` is a boolean, whether or not a certain key is considered a modifier (used in some effects).
+```C
+// The pin connected to the data pin of the LEDs
+#define RGB_DI_PIN D7
+// The number of LEDs connected
+#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL 70
+```
+
+---
+
+From this point forward the configuration is the same for all the drivers. The struct rgb_led array tells the system for each led, what key electrical matrix it represents, what the physical position is on the board, and if the led is for a modifier key or not. Here is a brief example:
+
+```C
+rgb_led g_rgb_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+/*  {row | col << 4}
+    *    |         {x=0..224, y=0..64}
+    *    |            |              flags
+    *    |            |                | */
+    {{0|(0<<4)},   {20.36*0, 21.33*0}, 1},
+    {{0|(1<<4)},   {20.36*1, 21.33*0}, 4},
+    ....
+}
+```
+
+The first part, `{row | col << 4}`, tells the system what key this LED represents by using the key's electrical matrix row & col. The second part, `{x=0..224, y=0..64}` represents the LED's physical position on the keyboard. The `x` is between (inclusive) 0-224, and `y` is between (inclusive) 0-64 as the effects are based on this range. The easiest way to calculate these positions is imagine your keyboard is a grid, and the top left of the keyboard represents x, y coordinate 0, 0 and the bottom right of your keyboard represents 224, 64. Using this as a basis, you can use the following formula to calculate the physical position:
+
+```C
+x = 224 / (NUMBER_OF_COLS - 1) * COL_POSITION
+y =  64 / (NUMBER_OF_ROWS - 1) * ROW_POSITION
+```
+
+Where NUMBER_OF_COLS, NUMBER_OF_ROWS, COL_POSITION, & ROW_POSITION are all based on the physical layout of your keyboard, not the electrical layout.
+
+`flags` is a bitmask, whether or not a certain LEDs is of a certain type. It is recommended that LEDs are set to only 1 type.
+
+## Flags
+
+|Define                              |Description                                |
+|------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------|
+|`#define HAS_FLAGS(bits, flags)`    |Returns true if `bits` has all `flags` set.|
+|`#define HAS_ANY_FLAGS(bits, flags)`|Returns true if `bits` has any `flags` set.|
+|`#define LED_FLAG_NONE      0x00`   |If thes LED has no flags.                  |
+|`#define LED_FLAG_ALL       0xFF`   |If thes LED has all flags.                 |
+|`#define LED_FLAG_MODIFIER  0x01`   |If the Key for this LED is a modifier.     |
+|`#define LED_FLAG_UNDERGLOW 0x02`   |If the LED is for underglow.               |
+|`#define LED_FLAG_KEYLIGHT  0x04`   |If the LED is for key backlight.           |
 
 ## Keycodes
 
 All RGB keycodes are currently shared with the RGBLIGHT system:
 
-	* `RGB_TOG` - toggle
-	* `RGB_MOD` - cycle through modes
-	* `RGB_HUI` - increase hue
-	* `RGB_HUD` - decrease hue
-	* `RGB_SAI` - increase saturation
-	* `RGB_SAD` - decrease saturation
-	* `RGB_VAI` - increase value
-	* `RGB_VAD` - decrease value
-	* `RGB_SPI` - increase speed effect (no EEPROM support)
-	* `RGB_SPD` - decrease speed effect (no EEPROM support)
-
-
-	* `RGB_MODE_*` keycodes will generally work, but are not currently mapped to the correct effects for the RGB Matrix system
+* `RGB_TOG` - toggle
+* `RGB_MOD` - cycle through modes
+* `RGB_HUI` - increase hue
+* `RGB_HUD` - decrease hue
+* `RGB_SAI` - increase saturation
+* `RGB_SAD` - decrease saturation
+* `RGB_VAI` - increase value
+* `RGB_VAD` - decrease value
+* `RGB_SPI` - increase speed effect (no EEPROM support)
+* `RGB_SPD` - decrease speed effect (no EEPROM support)
+* `RGB_MODE_*` keycodes will generally work, but are not currently mapped to the correct effects for the RGB Matrix system
 
 ## RGB Matrix Effects
 
-These are the effects that are currently available:
+All effects have been configured to support current configuration values (Hue, Saturation, Value, & Speed) unless otherwise noted below. These are the effects that are currently available:
+
+```C
+enum rgb_matrix_effects {
+    RGB_MATRIX_NONE = 0,
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_COLOR = 1,     // Static single hue, no speed support
+    RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS,         // Static dual hue, speed is hue for secondary hue
+    RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN,    // Static gradient top to bottom, speed controls how much gradient changes
+    RGB_MATRIX_BREATHING,           // Single hue brightness cycling animation
+    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL,           // Full keyboard solid hue cycling through full gradient
+    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT,    // Full gradient scrolling left to right
+    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN,       // Full gradient scrolling top to bottom
+    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON,  // Full gradent Chevron shapped scrolling left to right
+    RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON,         // Full gradient spinning around center of keyboard
+    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON,      // Full tighter gradient spinning around center of keyboard
+    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS,   // Full dual gradients spinning two halfs of keyboard
+    RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS,           // Randomly changes a single key's hue
+    RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS, // Randomly changes a single key's hue and saturation
+    RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN,        // That famous computer simulation
+#if defined(RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES) || defined(RGB_MATRIX_KEYRELEASES)
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLE,   // Pulses keys hit to hue & value then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE,      // Static single hue, pulses keys hit to shifted hue then fades to current hue
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_WIDE       // Hue & value pulse near a single key hit then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTIWIDE  // Hue & value pulse near multiple key hits then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_CROSS      // Hue & value pulse the same column and row of a single key hit then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTICROSS // Hue & value pulse the same column and row of multiple key hits then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_NEXUS      // Hue & value pulse away on the same column and row of a single key hit then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTINEXUS // Hue & value pulse away on the same column and row of multiple key hits then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH,              // Full gradient & value pulse away from a single key hit then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH,         // Full gradient & value pulse away from multiple key hits then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH,        // Hue & value pulse away from a single key hit then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH,   // Hue & value pulse away from multiple key hits then fades value out
+#endif
+    RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT_MAX
+};
+```
 
-	enum rgb_matrix_effects {
-	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_COLOR = 1,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN,
-	#ifdef RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES
-	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH,
-	#endif
-	    RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT_MAX
-	};
-    
 You can disable a single effect by defining `DISABLE_[EFFECT_NAME]` in your `config.h`:
 
 
-|Define                                             |Description                                 |
-|---------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS`           |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS`           |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON`           |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON`           |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN`      |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN`      |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS`             |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS`             |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL`             |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL`             |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT`      |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT`      |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN`         |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN`         |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON`        |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON`        |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS`     |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS`     |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON`|Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON`|
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS`   |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS`   |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN`          |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN`          |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE`        |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE`        |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH`                |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH`                |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH`           |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH`           |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH`          |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH`          |
-|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH`     |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH`     |
+|Define                                                 |Description                                    |
+|-------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS`               |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS`              |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN`          |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN`         |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BREATHING`                 |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BREATHING`                |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL`                 |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL`                |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT`          |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT`         |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN`             |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN`            |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON`    |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON`   |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON`               |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON`              |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON`            |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON`           |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS`         |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS`        |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS`                 |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS`                |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS`       |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS`      |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN`              |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN`             |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE`            |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE`           |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLE`     |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLE`    |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_WIDE`       |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_WIDE`      |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTIWIDE`  |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTIWIDE` |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_CROSS`      |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_CROSS`     |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTICROSS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTICROSS`|
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_NEXUS`      |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_NEXUS`     |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTINEXUS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTINEXUS`|
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH`                    |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH`                   |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH`               |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH`              |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH`              |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH`             |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH`         |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH`        |
 
 
-## Custom layer effects
+## Custom RGB Matrix Effects
 
-Custom layer effects can be done by defining this in your `<keyboard>.c`:
+By setting `RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_USER` (and/or `RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_KB`) in `rule.mk`, new effects can be defined directly from userspace, without having to edit any QMK core files.
 
-    void rgb_matrix_indicators_kb(void) {
-        rgb_matrix_set_color(index, red, green, blue);
-    }
+To declare new effects, create a new `rgb_matrix_user/kb.inc` that looks something like this:
+
+`rgb_matrix_user.inc` should go in the root of the keymap directory.
+`rgb_matrix_kb.inc` should go in the root of the keyboard directory.
+
+```C
+// !!! DO NOT ADD #pragma once !!! //
+
+// Step 1.
+// Declare custom effects using the RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT macro
+// (note the lack of semicolon after the macro!)
+RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT(my_cool_effect)
+RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT(my_cool_effect2)
+
+// Step 2.
+// Define effects inside the `RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_EFFECT_IMPLS` ifdef block
+#ifdef RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_EFFECT_IMPLS
+
+// e.g: A simple effect, self-contained within a single method
+static bool my_cool_effect(effect_params_t* params) {
+  RGB_MATRIX_USE_LIMITS(led_min, led_max);
+  for (uint8_t i = led_min; i < led_max; i++) {
+    rgb_matrix_set_color(i, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00);
+  }
+  return led_max < DRIVER_LED_TOTAL;
+}
+
+// e.g: A more complex effect, relying on external methods and state, with
+// dedicated init and run methods
+static uint8_t some_global_state;
+static void my_cool_effect2_complex_init(effect_params_t* params) {
+  some_global_state = 1;
+}
+static bool my_cool_effect2_complex_run(effect_params_t* params) {
+  RGB_MATRIX_USE_LIMITS(led_min, led_max);
+  for (uint8_t i = led_min; i < led_max; i++) {
+    rgb_matrix_set_color(i, 0xff, some_global_state++, 0xff);
+  }
+
+  return led_max < DRIVER_LED_TOTAL;
+}
+static bool my_cool_effect2(effect_params_t* params) {
+  if (params->init) my_cool_effect2_complex_init(params);
+  return my_cool_effect2_complex_run(params);
+}
+
+#endif // RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_EFFECT_IMPLS
+```
+
+For inspiration and examples, check out the built-in effects under `quantum/rgb_matrix_animation/`
+
+
+## Colors
+
+These are shorthands to popular colors. The `RGB` ones can be passed to the `setrgb` functions, while the `HSV` ones to the `sethsv` functions.
+
+|RGB                |HSV                |
+|-------------------|-------------------|
+|`RGB_WHITE`        |`HSV_WHITE`        |
+|`RGB_RED`          |`HSV_RED`          |
+|`RGB_CORAL`        |`HSV_CORAL`        |
+|`RGB_ORANGE`       |`HSV_ORANGE`       |
+|`RGB_GOLDENROD`    |`HSV_GOLDENROD`    |
+|`RGB_GOLD`         |`HSV_GOLD`         |
+|`RGB_YELLOW`       |`HSV_YELLOW`       |
+|`RGB_CHARTREUSE`   |`HSV_CHARTREUSE`   |
+|`RGB_GREEN`        |`HSV_GREEN`        |
+|`RGB_SPRINGGREEN`  |`HSV_SPRINGGREEN`  |
+|`RGB_TURQUOISE`    |`HSV_TURQUOISE`    |
+|`RGB_TEAL`         |`HSV_TEAL`         |
+|`RGB_CYAN`         |`HSV_CYAN`         |
+|`RGB_AZURE`        |`HSV_AZURE`        |
+|`RGB_BLUE`         |`HSV_BLUE`         |
+|`RGB_PURPLE`       |`HSV_PURPLE`       |
+|`RGB_MAGENTA`      |`HSV_MAGENTA`      |
+|`RGB_PINK`         |`HSV_PINK`         |
+
+These are defined in [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h). Feel free to add to this list!
 
-A similar function works in the keymap as `rgb_matrix_indicators_user`.
 
 ## Additional `config.h` Options
 
-	#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES // reacts to keypresses (will slow down matrix scan by a lot)
-	#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYRELEASES // reacts to keyreleases (not recommened)
-	#define RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT 0 // number of ticks to wait until disabling effects
-	#define RGB_DISABLE_WHEN_USB_SUSPENDED false // turn off effects when suspended
-    #define RGB_MATRIX_SKIP_FRAMES 1 // number of frames to skip when displaying animations (0 is full effect) if not defined defaults to 1
-    #define RGB_MATRIX_MAXIMUM_BRIGHTNESS 200 // limits maximum brightness of LEDs to 200 out of 255. If not defined maximum brightness is set to 255
+```C
+#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES // reacts to keypresses
+#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYRELEASES // reacts to keyreleases (instead of keypresses)
+#define RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT 0 // number of ticks to wait until disabling effects
+#define RGB_DISABLE_WHEN_USB_SUSPENDED false // turn off effects when suspended
+#define RGB_MATRIX_LED_PROCESS_LIMIT (DRIVER_LED_TOTAL + 4) / 5 // limits the number of LEDs to process in an animation per task run (increases keyboard responsiveness)
+#define RGB_MATRIX_LED_FLUSH_LIMIT 16 // limits in milliseconds how frequently an animation will update the LEDs. 16 (16ms) is equivalent to limiting to 60fps (increases keyboard responsiveness)
+#define RGB_MATRIX_MAXIMUM_BRIGHTNESS 200 // limits maximum brightness of LEDs to 200 out of 255. If not defined maximum brightness is set to 255
+```
 
 ## EEPROM storage
 
 The EEPROM for it is currently shared with the RGBLIGHT system (it's generally assumed only one RGB would be used at a time), but could be configured to use its own 32bit address with:
 
-    #define EECONFIG_RGB_MATRIX (uint32_t *)16
+```C
+#define EECONFIG_RGB_MATRIX (uint32_t *)28
+```
 
-Where `16` is an unused index from `eeconfig.h`.
+Where `28` is an unused index from `eeconfig.h`.
 
 ## Suspended state
 
 To use the suspend feature, add this to your `<keyboard>.c`:
 
-	void suspend_power_down_kb(void)
-	{
-	    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
-	}
+```C
+void suspend_power_down_kb(void)
+{
+    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
+}
 
-	void suspend_wakeup_init_kb(void)
-	{
-	    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
-	}
+void suspend_wakeup_init_kb(void)
+{
+    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
+}
+```

docs/feature_rgblight.md

@@ -23,10 +23,11 @@ RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
 
 At minimum you must define the data pin your LED strip is connected to, and the number of LEDs in the strip, in your `config.h`. If your keyboard has onboard RGB LEDs, and you are simply creating a keymap, you usually won't need to modify these.
 
-|Define      |Description                                  |
-|------------|---------------------------------------------|
-|`RGB_DI_PIN`|The pin connected to the data pin of the LEDs|
-|`RGBLED_NUM`|The number of LEDs connected                 |
+|Define         |Description                                                                                              |
+|---------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGB_DI_PIN`   |The pin connected to the data pin of the LEDs                                                            |
+|`RGBLED_NUM`   |The number of LEDs connected                                                                             |
+|`RGBLED_SPLIT` |(Optional) For split keyboards, the number of LEDs connected on each half directly wired to `RGB_DI_PIN` |
 
 Then you should be able to use the keycodes below to change the RGB lighting to your liking.
 
@@ -74,6 +75,7 @@ Your RGB lighting can be configured by placing these `#define`s in your `config.
 |`RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP`  |`17`         |The number of steps to increment the brightness by                           |
 |`RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL` |`255`        |The maximum brightness level                                                 |
 |`RGBLIGHT_SLEEP`     |*Not defined*|If defined, the RGB lighting will be switched off when the host goes to sleep|
+|`RGBLIGHT_SPLIT`     |*Not defined*|If defined, synchronization functionality for split keyboards is added|
 
 ## Animations
 
@@ -124,6 +126,8 @@ The following options can be used to tweak the various animations:
 
 You can also modify the speeds that the different modes animate at:
 
+Here is a quick demo on Youtube (with NPKC KC60) (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VKrpPAHlisY).
+
 ```c
 // How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Solid color breathing" animations
 const uint8_t RGBLED_BREATHING_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {30, 20, 10, 5};
@@ -185,9 +189,115 @@ If you need to change your RGB lighting in code, for example in a macro to chang
 |`rgblight_increase_val_noeeprom()`          |Increase the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value (not written to EEPROM)                                                                   |
 |`rgblight_decrease_val()`                   |Decrease the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value                                                                                           |
 |`rgblight_decrease_val_noeeprom()`          |Decrease the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value (not written to EEPROM)                                                                   |
+|`rgblight_set_clipping_range(pos, num)`     |Set clipping Range                                                                                                                                            |
 
-Additionally, [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h) defines several predefined shortcuts for various colors. Feel free to add to this list!
+## Colors
 
-## Hardware Modification
+These are shorthands to popular colors. The `RGB` ones can be passed to the `setrgb` functions, while the `HSV` ones to the `sethsv` functions.
+
+|RGB                |HSV                |
+|-------------------|-------------------|
+|`RGB_WHITE`        |`HSV_WHITE`        |
+|`RGB_RED`          |`HSV_RED`          |
+|`RGB_CORAL`        |`HSV_CORAL`        |
+|`RGB_ORANGE`       |`HSV_ORANGE`       |
+|`RGB_GOLDENROD`    |`HSV_GOLDENROD`    |
+|`RGB_GOLD`         |`HSV_GOLD`         |
+|`RGB_YELLOW`       |`HSV_YELLOW`       |
+|`RGB_CHARTREUSE`   |`HSV_CHARTREUSE`   |
+|`RGB_GREEN`        |`HSV_GREEN`        |
+|`RGB_SPRINGGREEN`  |`HSV_SPRINGGREEN`  |
+|`RGB_TURQUOISE`    |`HSV_TURQUOISE`    |
+|`RGB_TEAL`         |`HSV_TEAL`         |
+|`RGB_CYAN`         |`HSV_CYAN`         |
+|`RGB_AZURE`        |`HSV_AZURE`        |
+|`RGB_BLUE`         |`HSV_BLUE`         |
+|`RGB_PURPLE`       |`HSV_PURPLE`       |
+|`RGB_MAGENTA`      |`HSV_MAGENTA`      |
+|`RGB_PINK`         |`HSV_PINK`         |
+
+```c
+rgblight_setrgb(RGB_ORANGE);
+rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(HSV_GREEN);
+rgblight_setrgb_at(RGB_GOLD, 3);
+rgblight_sethsv_range(HSV_WHITE, 0, 6);
+```
+
+These are defined in [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h). Feel free to add to this list!
+
+
+## Changing the order of the LEDs
+
+If you want to make the logical order of LEDs different from the electrical connection order, you can do this by defining the `RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP` macro in your `config.h`.
+
+Normally, the contents of the LED buffer are output to the LEDs in the same order.
+<img src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/2170248/55743718-01866c80-5a6e-11e9-8134-25419928327a.JPG" alt="simple dicrect" width="50%"/>
+
+By defining `RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP` as in the example below, you can specify the LED with addressing in reverse order of the electrical connection order.
+
+```c
+// config.h
+
+#define RGBLED_NUM 4
+#define RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP { 3, 2, 1, 0 }
+
+```
+<img src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/2170248/55743725-08ad7a80-5a6e-11e9-83ed-126a2b0209fc.JPG" alt="simple mapped" width="50%"/>
+
+For keyboards that use the RGB LEDs as a backlight for each key, you can also define it as in the example below.
+
+```c
+// config.h
+
+#define RGBLED_NUM 30
+
+/* RGB LED Conversion macro from physical array to electric array */
+#define LED_LAYOUT( \
+    L00, L01, L02, L03, L04, L05,  \
+    L10, L11, L12, L13, L14, L15,  \
+    L20, L21, L22, L23, L24, L25,  \
+    L30, L31, L32, L33, L34, L35,  \
+    L40, L41, L42, L43, L44, L45 ) \
+  { \
+    L05, L04, L03, L02, L01, L00,   \
+    L10, L11, L12, L13, L14, L15,   \
+    L25, L24, L23, L22, L21, L20,   \
+    L30, L31, L32, L33, L34, L35,   \
+    L46, L45, L44, L43, L42, L41    \
+  }
+
+/* RGB LED logical order map */
+/* Top->Bottom, Right->Left */
+#define RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP LED_LAYOUT( \
+  25, 20, 15, 10,  5,  0,       \
+  26, 21, 16, 11,  6,  1,       \
+  27, 22, 17, 12,  7,  2,       \
+  28, 23, 18, 13,  8,  3,       \
+  29, 24, 19, 14,  9,  4 )
+
+```
+## Clipping Range
+
+Using the `rgblight_set_clipping_range()` function, you can prepare more buffers than the actual number of LEDs, and output some of the buffers to the LEDs. This is useful if you want the split keyboard to treat left and right LEDs as logically contiguous.
+
+You can set the Clipping Range by executing the following code.
+
+```c
+// some soruce
+  rgblight_set_clipping_range(3, 4);
+```
+<img src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/2170248/55743785-2bd82a00-5a6e-11e9-9d4b-1b4ffaf4932b.JPG" alt="clip direct" width="70%"/>
+
+In addition to setting the Clipping Range, you can use `RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP` together.
+
+```c
+// config.h
+#define RGBLED_NUM 8
+#define RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP { 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0 }
+
+// some soruce
+  rgblight_set_clipping_range(3, 4);
+```
+<img src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/2170248/55743747-119e4c00-5a6e-11e9-91e5-013203ffae8a.JPG" alt="clip mapped" width="70%"/>
 
 If your keyboard lacks onboard underglow LEDs, you may often be able to solder on an RGB LED strip yourself. You will need to find an unused pin to wire to the data pin of your LED strip. Some keyboards may break out unused pins from the MCU to make soldering easier. The other two pins, VCC and GND, must also be connected to the appropriate power pins.

docs/feature_space_cadet.md

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+# Space Cadet: The Future, Built In
+
+Steve Losh described the [Space Cadet Shift](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) quite well. Essentially, when you tap Left Shift on its own, you get an opening parenthesis; tap Right Shift on its own and you get the closing one. When held, the Shift keys function as normal. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds, and now even cooler supporting Control and Alt as well!
+
+## Usage
+
+Firstly, in your keymap, do one of the following:
+- Replace the Left Shift key with `KC_LSPO` (Left Shift, Parenthesis Open), and Right Shift with `KC_RSPC` (Right Shift, Parenthesis Close).
+- Replace the Left Control key with `KC_LCPO` (Left Control, Parenthesis Open), and Right Control with `KC_RCPC` (Right Control, Parenthesis Close).
+- Replace the Left Alt key with `KC_LAPO` (Left Alt, Parenthesis Open), and Right Alt with `KC_RAPC` (Right Alt, Parenthesis Close).
+- Replace any Shift key in your keymap with `KC_SFTENT` (Right Shift, Enter).
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Keycode    |Description                                |
+|-----------|-------------------------------------------|
+|`KC_LSPO`  |Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped      |
+|`KC_RSPC`  |Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped     |
+|`KC_LCPO`  |Left Control when held, `(` when tapped    |
+|`KC_RCPC`  |Right Control when held, `)` when tapped   |
+|`KC_LAPO`  |Left Alt when held, `(` when tapped        |
+|`KC_RAPC`  |Right Alt when held, `)` when tapped       |
+|`KC_SFTENT`|Right Shift when held, `Enter` when tapped |
+
+## Caveats
+
+Space Cadet's functionality can conflict with the default Command functionality when both Shift keys are held at the same time. See the [Command feature](feature_command.md) for info on how to change it, or make sure that Command is disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
+
+```make
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no
+```
+
+## Configuration
+
+By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if your layout uses different keys for parentheses, you can redefine them in your `config.h`. In addition, you can redefine the modifier to send on tap, or even send no modifier at all. The new configuration defines bundle all options up into a single define of 3 key codes in this order: the `Modifier` when held or when used with other keys, the `Tap Modifer` sent when tapped (no modifier if `KC_TRNS`), finally the `Keycode` sent when tapped. Now keep in mind, mods from other keys will still apply to the `Keycode` if say `KC_RSFT` is held while tapping `KC_LSPO` key with `KC_TRNS` as the `Tap Modifer`.
+
+|Define          |Default                        |Description                                                                      |
+|----------------|-------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`LSPO_KEYS`     |`KC_LSFT, LSPO_MOD, LSPO_KEY`  |Send `KC_LSFT` when held, the mod and  key defined by `LSPO_MOD` and `LSPO_KEY`. |
+|`RSPC_KEYS`     |`KC_RSFT, RSPC_MOD, RSPC_KEY`  |Send `KC_RSFT` when held, the mod and  key defined by `RSPC_MOD` and `RSPC_KEY`. |
+|`LCPO_KEYS`     |`KC_LCTL, KC_LCTL, KC_9`       |Send `KC_LCTL` when held, the mod `KC_LCTL` with the key `KC_9` when tapped.     |
+|`RCPO_KEYS`     |`KC_RCTL, KC_RCTL, KC_0`       |Send `KC_RCTL` when held, the mod `KC_RCTL` with the key `KC_0` when tapped.     |
+|`LAPO_KEYS`     |`KC_LALT, KC_LALT, KC_9`       |Send `KC_LALT` when held, the mod `KC_LALT` with the key `KC_9` when tapped.     |
+|`RAPO_KEYS`     |`KC_RALT, KC_RALT, KC_0`       |Send `KC_RALT` when held, the mod `KC_RALT` with the key `KC_0` when tapped.     |
+|`SFTENT_KEYS`   |`KC_RSFT, KC_TRNS, SFTENT_KEY` |Send `KC_RSFT` when held, no mod with the key `SFTENT_KEY` when tapped.          |
+
+
+## Obsolete Configuration
+
+These defines are used in the above defines internally to support backwards compatibility, so you may continue to use them, however the above defines open up a larger range of flexibility than before. As an example, say you want to not send any modifier when you tap just `KC_LSPO`, with the old defines you had an all or nothing choice of using the `DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER` define. Now you can define that key as: `#define KC_LSPO_KEYS KC_LSFT, KC_TRNS, KC_9`. This tells the system to set Left Shift if held or used with other keys, then on tap send no modifier (transparent) with the `KC_9`
+
+|Define                        |Default      |Description                                                       |
+|------------------------------|-------------|------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`LSPO_KEY`                    |`KC_9`       |The keycode to send when Left Shift is tapped                     |
+|`RSPC_KEY`                    |`KC_0`       |The keycode to send when Right Shift is tapped                    |
+|`LSPO_MOD`                    |`KC_LSFT`    |The modifier to apply to `LSPO_KEY`                               |
+|`RSPC_MOD`                    |`KC_RSFT`    |The modifier to apply to `RSPC_KEY`                               |
+|`SFTENT_KEY`                  |`KC_ENT`     |The keycode to send when the Shift key is tapped                  |
+|`DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER`|*Not defined*|If defined, prevent the Space Cadet from applying a modifier      |

docs/feature_space_cadet_shift.md

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-# Space Cadet Shift: The Future, Built In
-
-Steve Losh described the [Space Cadet Shift](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) quite well. Essentially, when you tap Left Shift on its own, you get an opening parenthesis; tap Right Shift on its own and you get the closing one. When held, the Shift keys function as normal. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds.
-
-## Usage
-
-Replace the Left Shift key in your keymap with `KC_LSPO` (Left Shift, Parenthesis Open), and Right Shift with `KC_RSPC` (Right Shift, Parenthesis Close).
-
-## Keycodes
-
-|Keycode  |Description                           |
-|---------|--------------------------------------|
-|`KC_LSPO`|Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped |
-|`KC_RSPC`|Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped|
-
-## Caveats
-
-Space Cadet's functionality can conflict with the default Command functionality when both Shift keys are held at the same time. Make sure that Command is disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
-
-```make
-COMMAND_ENABLE = no
-```
-
-## Configuration
-
-By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if your layout uses different keys for parentheses, you can redefine them in your `config.h`.
-You can also disable the rollover, allowing you to use the opposite Shift key to cancel the Space Cadet state in the event of an erroneous press, instead of emitting a pair of parentheses when the keys are released.
-Also, by default, the Space Cadet applies modifiers LSPO_MOD and RSPC_MOD to keys defined by LSPO_KEY and RSPC_KEY. You can override this behavior by redefining those variables in your `config.h`. You can also prevent the Space Cadet to apply a modifier by defining DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER in your `config.h`.
-
-|Define                        |Default      |Description                                                                     |
-|------------------------------|-------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|`LSPO_KEY`                    |`KC_9`       |The keycode to send when Left Shift is tapped                                   |
-|`RSPC_KEY`                    |`KC_0`       |The keycode to send when Right Shift is tapped                                  |
-|`LSPO_MOD`                    |`KC_LSFT`    |The keycode to send when Left Shift is tapped                                   |
-|`RSPC_MOD`                    |`KC_RSFT`    |The keycode to send when Right Shift is tapped                                  |
-|`DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_ROLLOVER`|*Not defined*|If defined, use the opposite Shift key to cancel Space Cadet                    |
-|`DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER`|*Not defined*|If defined, prevent the Space Cadet to apply a modifier to LSPO_KEY and RSPC_KEY|

docs/feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-# Space Cadet Shift Enter
-
-Based on the [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md) feature. Tap the Shift key on its own, and it behaves like Enter. When held, the Shift functions as normal.
-
-## Usage
-
-Replace any Shift key in your keymap with `KC_SFTENT` (Shift, Enter), and you're done.
-
-## Keycodes
-
-|Keycode    |Description                             |
-|-----------|----------------------------------------|
-|`KC_SFTENT`|Right Shift when held, Enter when tapped|
-
-## Caveats
-
-As with Space Cadet Shift, this feature may conflict with Command, so it should be disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
-
-```make
-COMMAND_ENABLE = no
-```
-
-This feature also uses the same timers as Space Cadet Shift, so using them in tandem may produce strange results.
-
-## Configuration
-
-By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if you'd like to use a different key for Enter, you can redefine it in your `config.h`:
-
-|Define      |Default |Description                                     |
-|------------|--------|------------------------------------------------|
-|`SFTENT_KEY`|`KC_ENT`|The keycode to send when the Shift key is tapped|

docs/feature_tap_dance.md

@@ -314,3 +314,86 @@ qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
 And then simply use `TD(X_CTL)` anywhere in your keymap.
 
 If you want to implement this in your userspace, then you may want to check out how [DanielGGordon](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/gordon) has implemented this in their userspace.
+
+### Example 5: Using tap dance for advanced mod-tap and layer-tap keys
+
+Tap dance can be used to emulate `MT()` and `LT()` behavior when the tapped code is not a basic keycode. This is useful to send tapped keycodes that normally require `Shift`, such as parentheses or curly braces—or other modified keycodes, such as `Control + X`.
+
+Below your layers and custom keycodes, add the following:
+
+```c
+// tapdance keycodes
+enum td_keycodes {
+  ALT_LP // Our example key: `LALT` when held, `(` when tapped. Add additional keycodes for each tapdance.
+};
+
+// define a type containing as many tapdance states as you need
+typedef enum {
+  SINGLE_TAP,
+  SINGLE_HOLD,
+  DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP
+} td_state_t;
+
+// create a global instance of the tapdance state type
+static td_state_t td_state;
+
+// declare your tapdance functions:
+
+// function to determine the current tapdance state
+int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
+
+// `finished` and `reset` functions for each tapdance keycode
+void altlp_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+void altlp_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+```
+
+Below your `LAYOUT`, define each of the tapdance functions:
+
+```c
+// determine the tapdance state to return
+int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed) { return SINGLE_TAP; }
+    else { return SINGLE_HOLD; }
+  }
+  if (state->count == 2) { return DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP; }
+  else { return 3; } // any number higher than the maximum state value you return above
+}
+ 
+// handle the possible states for each tapdance keycode you define:
+
+void altlp_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  td_state = cur_dance(state);
+  switch (td_state) {
+    case SINGLE_TAP:
+      register_code16(KC_LPRN);
+      break;
+    case SINGLE_HOLD:
+      register_mods(MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)); // for a layer-tap key, use `layer_on(_MY_LAYER)` here
+      break;
+    case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: // allow nesting of 2 parens `((` within tapping term
+      tap_code16(KC_LPRN);
+      register_code16(KC_LPRN);
+  }
+}
+
+void altlp_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  switch (td_state) {
+    case SINGLE_TAP:
+      unregister_code16(KC_LPRN);
+      break;
+    case SINGLE_HOLD:
+      unregister_mods(MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)); // for a layer-tap key, use `layer_off(_MY_LAYER)` here
+      break;
+    case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP:
+      unregister_code16(KC_LPRN);
+  }
+}
+
+// define `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED()` for each tapdance keycode, passing in `finished` and `reset` functions
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+  [ALT_LP] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, altlp_finished, altlp_reset)
+};
+```
+
+Wrap each tapdance keycode in `TD()` when including it in your keymap, e.g. `TD(ALT_LP)`.

docs/feature_unicode.md

@@ -65,6 +65,8 @@ The following input modes are available:
   To enable, go to _System Preferences > Keyboard > Input Sources_, add _Unicode Hex Input_ to the list (it's under _Other_), then activate it from the input dropdown in the Menu Bar.
   By default, this mode uses the left Option key (`KC_LALT`), but this can be changed by defining [`UNICODE_OSX_KEY`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode.
 
+  **Note:** Using the _Unicode Hex Input_ input source may disable some Option based shortcuts, such as: Option + Left Arrow (`moveWordLeftAndModifySelection`) and Option + Right Arrow  (`moveWordRightAndModifySelection`).
+
 * **`UC_LNX`**: Linux built-in IBus Unicode input. Supports code points up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points).
 
   Enabled by default and works almost anywhere on IBus-enabled distros. Without IBus, this mode works under GTK apps, but rarely anywhere else.
@@ -121,7 +123,7 @@ For instance, you can add these definitions to your `config.h` file:
 
 ### Additional Customization
 
-Because Unicode is such a large and variable feature, there are a number of options that you can customize to work better on your system. 
+Because Unicode is such a large and variable feature, there are a number of options that you can customize to work better on your system.
 
 #### Start and Finish input functions
 
@@ -183,7 +185,7 @@ AutoHotkey inserts the Text right of `Send, ` when this combination is pressed.
 
 ### US International
 
-If you enable the US International layout on the system, it will use punctuation to accent the characters. 
+If you enable the US International layout on the system, it will use punctuation to accent the characters.
 
 For instance, typing "`a" will result in à.
 

docs/feature_userspace.md

@@ -201,27 +201,51 @@ bool process_record_keymap(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
 
 bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
   switch (keycode) {
-  case KC_MAKE:
-    if (!record->event.pressed) {
-      SEND_STRING("make " QMK_KEYBOARD ":" QMK_KEYMAP
-#if  (defined(BOOTLOADER_DFU) || defined(BOOTLOADER_LUFA_DFU) || defined(BOOTLOADER_QMK_DFU))
-       ":dfu "
-#elif defined(BOOTLOADER_HALFKAY)
-      ":teensy "
-#elif defined(BOOTLOADER_CATERINA)
-       ":avrdude "
-#endif
-        SS_TAP(X_ENTER));
-    }
-    return false;
-    break;
+    case KC_MAKE:  // Compiles the firmware, and adds the flash command based on keyboard bootloader
+            if (!record->event.pressed) {
+            uint8_t temp_mod = get_mods();
+            uint8_t temp_osm = get_oneshot_mods();
+            clear_mods(); clear_oneshot_mods();
+            SEND_STRING("make " QMK_KEYBOARD ":" QMK_KEYMAP);
+    #ifndef FLASH_BOOTLOADER
+            if ( (temp_mod | temp_osm) & MOD_MASK_SHIFT ) 
+    #endif
+            { // 
+                #if defined(__arm__)  // only run for ARM boards
+                    SEND_STRING(":dfu-util");
+                #elif defined(BOOTLOADER_DFU) // only run for DFU boards
+                    SEND_STRING(":dfu");
+                #elif defined(BOOTLOADER_HALFKAY) // only run for teensy boards
+                    SEND_STRING(":teensy");
+                #elif defined(BOOTLOADER_CATERINA) // only run for Pro Micros
+                    SEND_STRING(":avrdude");
+                #endif // bootloader options
+            }
+            if ( (temp_mod | temp_osm) & MOD_MASK_CTRL) { 
+                SEND_STRING(" -j8 --output-sync"); 
+            }
+            SEND_STRING(SS_TAP(X_ENTER));
+            set_mods(temp_mod);
+        }
+        break;
+
   }
   return process_record_keymap(keycode, record);
 }
 ```
 
+For boards that may not have a shift button (such as on a macro pad), we need a way to always include the bootloader option.  To do that, add the following to the `rules.mk` in your userspace folder: 
+
+```make 
+ifeq ($(strip $(FLASH_BOOTLOADER)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DFLASH_BOOTLOADER
+endif
+```
+
 This will add a new `KC_MAKE` keycode that can be used in any of your keymaps.  And this keycode will output `make <keyboard>:<keymap>`, making frequent compiling easier.  And this will work with any keyboard and any keymap as it will output the current boards info, so that you don't have to type this out every time.
 
-Additionally, this should flash the newly compiled firmware automatically, using the correct utility, based on the bootloader settings (or default to just generating the HEX file). However, it should be noted that this may not work on all systems. AVRDUDE doesn't work on WSL, namely (and will dump the HEX in the ".build" folder instead).
+Also, holding `shift` will add the appropriate flashing command (`:dfu`, `:teensy`, `:avrdude`, `:dfu-util`) for a majority of keyboards.  Holding `control` will add some commands that will speed up compiling time by processing multiple files at once. 
 
+And for the boards that lack a shift key, or that you want to always attempt the flashing part, you can add `FLASH_BOOTLOADER = yes` to the `rules.mk` of that keymap.
 
+?> This should flash the newly compiled firmware automatically, using the correct utility, based on the bootloader settings (or default to just generating the HEX file). However, it should be noted that this may not work on all systems. AVRDUDE doesn't work on WSL, namely. And this doesn't support BootloadHID or mdloader. 

docs/feature_velocikey.md

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Velocikey
+
+Velocikey is a feature that lets you control the speed of lighting effects (like the Rainbow Swirl effect) with the speed of your typing. The faster you type, the faster the lights will go!
+
+## Usage
+For Velocikey to take effect, there are two steps. First, when compiling your keyboard, you'll need to set `VELOCIKEY_ENABLE=yes` in `rules.mk`, e.g.:
+
+```
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = no
+STENO_ENABLE = no
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes
+VELOCIKEY_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+Then, while using your keyboard, you need to also turn it on with the VLK_TOG keycode, which toggles the feature on and off.
+
+The following light effects will all be controlled by Velocikey when it is enabled:
+ - RGB Breathing
+ - RGB Rainbow Mood
+ - RGB Rainbow Swirl
+ - RGB Snake
+ - RGB Knight
+
+Support for LED breathing effects is planned but not available yet.
+
+ As long as Velocikey is enabled, it will control the speed regardless of any other speed setting that your RGB lights are currently on.
+
+ ## Configuration
+ Velocikey doesn't currently support any configuration via keyboard settings. If you want to adjust something like the speed increase or decay rate, you would need to edit `velocikey.c` and adjust the values there to achieve the kinds of speeds that you like.

docs/features.md

@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ QMK has a staggering number of features for building your keyboard. It can take
 * [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md) - Lock a key in the "down" state.
 * [Layouts](feature_layouts.md) - Use one keymap with any keyboard that supports your layout.
 * [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md) - Tap the leader key followed by a sequence to trigger custom behavior.
+* [LED Matrix](feature_led_matrix.md) - LED Matrix single color lights for per key lighting (Single Color, not RGB).
 * [Macros](feature_macros.md) - Send multiple key presses when pressing only one physical key.
 * [Mouse keys](feature_mouse_keys.md) - Control your mouse pointer from your keyboard.
 * [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys) - Sticky Keys, lets hit a key rather than holding it.

docs/flashing.md

@@ -49,9 +49,18 @@ To generate this bootloader, use the `bootloader` target, eg `make planck/rev4:d
 
 To generate a production-ready .hex file (containing the application and the bootloader), use the `production` target, eg `make planck/rev4:default:production`.
 
+### DFU commands
+
+There are a number of DFU commands that you can use to flash firmware to a DFU device:
+
+* `:dfu` - This is the normal option and waits until a DFU device is available, and then flashes the firmware. This will check every 5 seconds, to see if a DFU device has appeared.
+* `:dfu-ee` - This flashes an `eep` file instead of the normal hex.  This is uncommon. 
+* `:dfu-split-left` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu`). However, this also flashes the "Left Side" EEPROM file for split keyboards. _This is ideal for Elite C based split keyboards._
+* `:dfu-split-right` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu`). However, this also flashes the "Right Side" EEPROM file for split keyboards. _This is ideal for Elite C based split keyboards._
+
 ## Caterina
 
-Arduino boards and their clones use the [Caterina bootloader](https://github.com/arduino/Arduino/tree/master/hardware/arduino/avr/bootloaders/caterina) (any keyboard built with a Pro Micro, or clone), and uses the avr109 protocol to communicate through virtual serial. Bootloaders like [A-Star](https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/9) are based on Caterina.
+Arduino boards and their clones use the [Caterina bootloader](https://github.com/arduino/ArduinoCore-avr/tree/master/bootloaders/caterina) (any keyboard built with a Pro Micro, or clone), and uses the avr109 protocol to communicate through virtual serial. Bootloaders like [A-Star](https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/9) are based on Caterina.
 
 To ensure compatibility with the Caterina bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
 
@@ -84,6 +93,7 @@ or if you want to flash multiple boards, use the following command
 
 When you're done flashing boards, you'll need to hit Ctrl + C or whatever the correct keystroke is for your operating system to break the loop.
 
+
 ## Halfkay
 
 Halfkay is a super-slim protocol developed by PJRC that uses HID, and come on all Teensys (namely the 2.0).
@@ -131,3 +141,12 @@ Flashing sequence:
     * You will receive a warning about the DFU signature; Just ignore it
 4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
     * If you are building from command line (e.g. `make planck/rev6:default:dfu-util`), make sure that `:leave` is passed to the `DFU_ARGS` variable inside your `rules.mk` (e.g. `DFU_ARGS = -d 0483:df11 -a 0 -s 0x08000000:leave`) so that your device resets after flashing
+
+### STM32 Commands
+
+There are a number of DFU commands that you can use to flash firmware to a STM32 device:
+
+* `:dfu-util` - The default command for flashing to STM32 devices. 
+* `:dfu-util-wait` - This works like the default command, but it gives you a (configurable) 10 second timeout before it attempts to flash the firmware.  You can use `TIME_DELAY=20` from the command line to change the timeout.
+   * Eg: `make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu-util TIME_DELAY=5`
+* `:st-link-cli` - This allows you to flash the firmware via ST-LINK's CLI utility, rather than dfu-util. 

docs/getting_started_build_tools.md

@@ -4,7 +4,9 @@ This page describes setting up the build environment for QMK. These instructions
 
 <!-- FIXME: We should have ARM instructions somewhere. -->
 
-Note: If it is your first time here, Check out the "Complete Newbs guide" instead
+**Note:** If this is your first time here, check out the [Complete Newbs Guide](newbs.md) page.
+
+Before continuing, double check that your submodules (third-party libraries) are up to date by running `make git-submodule`.
 
 ## Linux
 
@@ -44,9 +46,7 @@ Fedora / Red Hat example:
     
 Arch / Manjaro example:
 
-    pacman -S base-devel gcc unzip wget zip avr-gcc avr-binutils avr-libc dfu-util arm-none-eabi-gcc arm-none-eabi-binutils arm-none-eabi-newlib git
-
-(the `dfu-programmer` package is availble on AUR only so you should download from there or use an AUR helper)
+    pacman -S base-devel gcc unzip wget zip avr-gcc avr-binutils avr-libc dfu-util arm-none-eabi-gcc arm-none-eabi-binutils arm-none-eabi-newlib git dfu-programmer dfu-util
 
 ## Nix
 

docs/getting_started_make_guide.md

@@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ As there is no standard split communication driver for ARM-based split keyboards
 
 Lets you replace the default matrix scanning routine with your own code. You will need to provide your own implementations of matrix_init() and matrix_scan().
 
-`CUSTOM_DEBOUNCE`
+`DEBOUNCE_TYPE`
 
-Lets you replace the default key debouncing routine with your own code. You will need to provide your own implementation of debounce().
+Lets you replace the default key debouncing routine with an alternative one. If `custom` you will need to provide your own implementation.
 
 ## Customizing Makefile Options on a Per-Keymap Basis
 

docs/hand_wire.md

@@ -185,21 +185,30 @@ When you're done with the columns, start with the rows in the same process, from
 
 As you move along, be sure that the Teensy is staying in place - recutting and soldering the wires is a pain!
 
+## Additional guides
+
+If you're more of a visual learner, or want some additional tips and something more to follow along, these two visual step by step guides may be helpful:
+
+- [BrownFox's step by step guide](https://deskthority.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&t=6050)
+- [Cribbit's modern hand wiring guide](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=87689.0)
+
 # Getting Some Basic Firmware Set Up
 
 From here, you should have a working keyboard once you program a firmware. Before we attach the Teensy permanently to the keyboard, let's quickly get some firmware loaded onto the Teensy so we can test each keyswitch.
 
-To start out, download [the firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/) - we'll be using my (Jack's) fork of TMK called QMK/Quantum. We'll be doing a lot from the Terminal/command prompt, so get that open, along with a decent text editor like [Sublime Text](http://www.sublimetext.com/).
+To start out, download [the firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/) - we'll be using my (Jack's) fork of TMK called QMK/Quantum. We'll be doing a lot from the Terminal/command prompt, so get that open, along with a decent text editor like [Sublime Text](http://www.sublimetext.com/) (paid) or [Visual Studio Code](https://code.visualstudio.com) (free).
 
-The first thing we're going to do is create a new project using the script in the root directory of the firmware. In your terminal, run this command with `<project_name>` replaced by the name of your project - it'll need to be different from any other project in the `keyboards/` folder:
+The first thing we're going to do is create a new keyboard. In your terminal, run this command, which will ask you some questions and generate a basic keyboard project:
 
 ```
-    util/new_project.sh <project_name>
+./util/new_keyboard.sh
 ```
 
 You'll want to navigate to the `keyboards/<project_name>/` folder by typing, like the print-out from the script specifies:
 
-    cd keyboards/<project_name>
+```
+cd keyboards/<project_name>
+```
 
 ### `config.h`
 
@@ -209,7 +218,7 @@ Farther down are `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS`. Change their definitio
 
 ### `<project_name>.h`
 
-The next file you'll want to look at is `<project_name>.h`. You're going to want to rewrite the `KEYMAP` definition - the format and syntax here is extremely important, so pay attention to how things are setup. The first half of the definition are considered the arguments - this is the format that you'll be following in your keymap later on, so you'll want to have as many k*xy* variables here as you do keys. The second half is the part that the firmware actually looks at, and will contain gaps depending on how you wired your matrix.
+The next file you'll want to look at is `<project_name>.h`. You're going to want to rewrite the `LAYOUT` definition - the format and syntax here is extremely important, so pay attention to how things are setup. The first half of the definition are considered the arguments - this is the format that you'll be following in your keymap later on, so you'll want to have as many k*xy* variables here as you do keys. The second half is the part that the firmware actually looks at, and will contain gaps depending on how you wired your matrix.
 
 We'll dive into how this will work with the following example. Say we have a keyboard like this:
 
@@ -231,10 +240,10 @@ This can be described by saying the top row is 3 1u keys, and the bottom row is
     └─────┴─────┘
 ```
 
-The middle column is unused on the bottom row in this example. Our `KEYMAP` definition would look like this:
+The middle column is unused on the bottom row in this example. Our `LAYOUT` definition would look like this:
 
 ```
-    #define KEYMAP( \
+    #define LAYOUT( \
         k00, k01, k02, \
           k10,  k11,   \
     ) \
@@ -256,10 +265,10 @@ Let's say that instead, we wired our keyboard like this (a fair thing to do):
     └─────┴─────┘
 ```
 
-This would require our `KEYMAP` definition to look like this:
+This would require our `LAYOUT` definition to look like this:
 
 ```
-    #define KEYMAP( \
+    #define LAYOUT( \
         k00, k01, k02, \
           k10,  k11,   \
     ) \
@@ -269,7 +278,7 @@ This would require our `KEYMAP` definition to look like this:
     }
 ```
 
-Notice how the `k11` and `KC_NO` switched places to represent the wiring, and the unused final column on the bottom row. Sometimes it'll make more sense to put a keyswitch on a particular column, but in the end, it won't matter, as long as all of them are accounted for. You can use this process to write out the `KEYMAP` for your entire keyboard - be sure to remember that your keyboard is actually backwards when looking at the underside of it.
+Notice how the `k11` and `KC_NO` switched places to represent the wiring, and the unused final column on the bottom row. Sometimes it'll make more sense to put a keyswitch on a particular column, but in the end, it won't matter, as long as all of them are accounted for. You can use this process to write out the `LAYOUT` for your entire keyboard - be sure to remember that your keyboard is actually backwards when looking at the underside of it.
 
 ### `keymaps/<variant>/default.c`
 
@@ -291,7 +300,7 @@ This can be accomplished by using the following `keymaps` definition:
 
 ```
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-    [0] = KEYMAP( /* Base */
+    [0] = LAYOUT( /* Base */
       KC_A,  KC_1,  KC_H, \
         KC_TAB,  KC_SPC   \
     ),
@@ -300,7 +309,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 
 Note that the layout of the keycodes is similar to the physical layout of our keyboard - this make it much easier to see what's going on. A lot of the keycodes should be fairly obvious, but for a full list of them, check out [Keycodes](keycodes.md) - there are also a lot of aliases to condense your keymap file.
 
-It's also important to use the `KEYMAP` function we defined earlier - this is what allows the firmware to associate our intended readable keymap with the actual wiring.
+It's also important to use the `LAYOUT` function we defined earlier - this is what allows the firmware to associate our intended readable keymap with the actual wiring.
 
 ## Compiling Your Firmware
 
@@ -319,7 +328,7 @@ Carefully flip your keyboard over, open up a new text document, and try typing -
 2. Check the solder joints on the diode - if the diode is loose, part of your row may register, while the other may not.
 3. Check the solder joints on the columns - if your column wiring is loose, part or all of the column may not work.
 4. Check the solder joints on both sides of the wires going to/from the Teensy - the wires need to be fully soldered and connect to both sides.
-5. Check the <project_name>.h file for errors and incorrectly placed `KC_NO`s - if you're unsure where they should be, instead duplicate a k*xy* variable.
+5. Check the `<project_name>.h` file for errors and incorrectly placed `KC_NO`s - if you're unsure where they should be, instead duplicate a k*xy* variable.
 6. Check to make sure you actually compiled the firmware and flashed the Teensy correctly. Unless you got error messages in the terminal, or a pop-up during flashing, you probably did everything correctly.
 
 If you've done all of these things, keep in mind that sometimes you might have had multiple things affecting the keyswitch, so it doesn't hurt to test the keyswitch by shorting it out at the end.
@@ -328,4 +337,4 @@ If you've done all of these things, keep in mind that sometimes you might have h
 
 Now that you have a working board, it's time to get things in their permanent positions. I've often used liberal amounts of hot glue to secure and insulate things, so if that's your style, start spreading that stuff like butter. Otherwise, double-sided tape is always an elegant solution, and electrical tape is a distant second. Due to the nature of these builds, a lot of this part is up to you and how you planned (or didn't plan) things out.
 
-There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](http://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different project (Planck, Clueboard, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)
+There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](http://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different keyboards (Planck, Clueboard, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)

docs/hardware_avr.md

@@ -6,14 +6,26 @@ If you have not yet you should read the [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_
 
 ## Adding Your AVR Keyboard to QMK
 
-QMK has a number of features to simplify working with AVR keyboards. For most keyboards you don't have to write a single line of code. To get started run the `util/new_project.sh` script:
+QMK has a number of features to simplify working with AVR keyboards. For most keyboards you don't have to write a single line of code. To get started, run the `util/new_keyboard.sh` script:
 
-```bash
-$ util/new_project.sh my_awesome_keyboard
-######################################################
-# /keyboards/my_awesome_keyboard project created. To start
-# working on things, cd into keyboards/my_awesome_keyboard
-######################################################
+```
+$ ./util/new_keyboard.sh
+Generating a new QMK keyboard directory
+
+Keyboard Name: mycoolkb
+Keyboard Type [avr]: 
+Your Name [John Smith]: 
+
+Copying base template files... done
+Copying avr template files... done
+Renaming keyboard files... done
+Replacing %KEYBOARD% with mycoolkb... done
+Replacing %YOUR_NAME% with John Smith... done
+
+Created a new keyboard called mycoolkb.
+
+To start working on things, cd into keyboards/mycoolkb,
+or open the directory in your favourite text editor.
 ```
 
 This will create all the files needed to support your new keyboard, and populate the settings with default values. Now you just need to customize it for your keyboard.
@@ -93,6 +105,24 @@ Finally, you can specify the direction your diodes point. This can be `COL2ROW`
 #define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
 ```
 
+#### Direct Pin Matrix
+To configure a keyboard where each switch is connected to a separate pin and ground instead of sharing row and column pins, use `DIRECT_PINS`. The mapping defines the pins of each switch in rows and columns, from left to right. Must conform to the sizes within `MATRIX_ROWS` and `MATRIX_COLS`, use `NO_PIN` to fill in blank spaces. Overrides the behaviour of `DIODE_DIRECTION`, `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS`.
+
+```c
+// #define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D5 }
+// #define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F1, F0, B0 }
+#define DIRECT_PINS { \
+    { F1, E6, B0, B2, B3 }, \
+    { F5, F0, B1, B7, D2 }, \
+    { F6, F7, C7, D5, D3 }, \
+    { B5, C6, B6, NO_PIN, NO_PIN } \
+}
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+/* COL2ROW, ROW2COL */
+//#define DIODE_DIRECTION
+```
+
 ### Backlight Configuration
 
 By default QMK supports backlighting on pins `B5`, `B6`, and `B7`. If you are using one of those you can simply enable it here. For more details see the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md).

docs/hardware_drivers.md

@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ QMK is used on a lot of different hardware. While support for the most common MC
 
 Support for addressing pins on the ProMicro by their Arduino name rather than their AVR name. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
 
-## SSD1306 (AVR Only)
+## SSD1306 OLED Driver
 
-Support for SSD1306 based OLED displays. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
+Support for SSD1306 based OLED displays. For more information see the [OLED Driver Feature](feature_oled_driver.md) page.
 
 ## uGFX
 
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ Support for up to 2 drivers. Each driver impliments 2 charlieplex matrices to in
 
 ## IS31FL3733
 
-Support for up to a single driver with room for expansion. Each driver can control 192 individual LEDs or 64 RGB LEDs. For more information on how to setup the driver see the [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) page.
+Support for up to a single driver with room for expansion. Each driver can control 192 individual LEDs or 64 RGB LEDs. For more information on how to setup the driver see the [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) page.

docs/how_keyboards_work.md

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ place:
 ``` text
 +------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     +----+
 | User |-------->| Key |------>| Firmware |----->| USB wire |---->| OS |
-+------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     |----+
++------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     +----+
 ```
 
 This scheme is a very simple view of what's going on, and more details follow

docs/i2c_driver.md

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ The I2C Master drivers used in QMK have a set of common functions to allow porta
 |`uint8_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);`                         |Receive data over I2C. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction. Saves number of bytes specified by `length` in `data` array. Returns status of transaction. |
 |`uint8_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);`       |Same as the `i2c_transmit` function but `regaddr` sets where in the slave the data will be written.                                                                          |
 |`uint8_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);`        |Same as the `i2c_receive` function but `regaddr` sets from where in the slave the data will be read.                                                                         |
-|`uint8_t i2c_stop(uint16_t timeout);`                                                                             |Stops the I2C driver.                                                                                                                                                        |
+|`uint8_t i2c_stop(void);`                                                                                         |Ends an I2C transaction.                                                                                                                                                     |
 
 ### Function Return
 

docs/isp_flashing_guide.md

@@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ If you just want to get things back to normal, you can flash only a bootloader f
 
 * [`atmega32u4`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_atmega32u4_1_0_0.hex) - Most keyboards, Planck Rev 1-5, Preonic Rev 1-2
 * [`at90usb1286`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_at90usb128x_1_0_1.hex) - Planck Light Rev 1
+* [`atmega32a`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_atmega32a_1_0_0.hex) - jj40
 
 If you're not sure what your board uses, look in the `rules.mk` file for the keyboard in QMK. The `MCU =` line will have the value you need. It may differ between different versions of the board.
 
@@ -113,6 +114,10 @@ Since our keyboard uses an `atmega32u4` (common), that is the chip we'll specify
 
     avrdude -c avrisp -P COM3 -p atmega32u4 -U flash:w:main.hex:i
 
+If your board uses an `atmega32a` (e.g. on a jj40), the command is this (the extra code at the end sets the fuses correctly):
+
+	avrdude -c avrisp -P COM3 -p atmega32 -U flash:w:main.hex:i -U hfuse:w:0xD0:m -U lfuse:w:0x0F:m
+
 You should see a couple of progress bars, then you should see:
 
     avrdude: verifying ...

docs/keymap.md

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Keymap Overview
 
-QMK keymaps are defined inside a C source file. The data structure is an array of arrays. The outer array is a list of layer arrays while the inner layer array is a list of keys. Most keyboards define a `KEYMAP()` macro to help you create this array of arrays.
+QMK keymaps are defined inside a C source file. The data structure is an array of arrays. The outer array is a list of layer arrays while the inner layer array is a list of keys. Most keyboards define a `LAYOUT()` macro to help you create this array of arrays.
 
 
 ## Keymap and Layers
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ The main part of this file is the `keymaps[]` definition. This is where you list
 
     const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 
-After this you'll find a list of KEYMAP() macros. A KEYMAP() is simply a list of keys to define a single layer. Typically you'll have one or more "base layers" (such as QWERTY, Dvorak, or Colemak) and then you'll layer on top of that one or more "function" layers. Due to the way layers are processed you can't overlay a "lower" layer on top of a "higher" layer.
+After this you'll find a list of LAYOUT() macros. A LAYOUT() is simply a list of keys to define a single layer. Typically you'll have one or more "base layers" (such as QWERTY, Dvorak, or Colemak) and then you'll layer on top of that one or more "function" layers. Due to the way layers are processed you can't overlay a "lower" layer on top of a "higher" layer.
 
 `keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS]` in QMK holds the 16 bit action code (sometimes referred as the quantum keycode) in it.  For the keycode representing typical keys, its high byte is 0 and its low byte is the USB HID usage ID for keyboard.
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Here is an example of the Clueboard's base layer:
 
       /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
        */
-    [_BL] = KEYMAP(
+    [_BL] = LAYOUT(
       F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
       KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
       KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Some interesting things to note about this:
 
 Our function layer is, from a code point of view, no different from the base layer. Conceptually, however, you will build that layer as an overlay, not a replacement. For many people this distinction does not matter, but as you build more complicated layering setups it matters more and more.
 
-    [_FL] = KEYMAP(
+    [_FL] = LAYOUT(
       KC_GRV,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,   KC_F10,   KC_F11,   KC_F12,   _______, KC_DEL,           BL_STEP, \
       _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,KC_PSCR,KC_SLCK, KC_PAUS,  _______,  _______,  _______,                   _______, \
       _______, _______, MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                           \
@@ -161,62 +161,6 @@ Some interesting things to note:
 * We have used our `_______` definition to turn `KC_TRNS` into `_______`. This makes it easier to spot the keys that have changed on this layer.
 * While in this layer if you press one of the `_______` keys it will activate the key in the next lowest active layer.
 
-### Custom Functions
-
-At the bottom of the file we've defined a single custom function. This function defines a key that sends `KC_ESC` when pressed without modifiers and `KC_GRAVE` when modifiers are held. There are a couple pieces that need to be in place for this to work, and we will go over both of them.
-
-#### `fn_actions[]`
-
-We define the `fn_actions[]` array to point to custom functions. `F(N)` in a keymap will call element N of that array. For the Clueboard's that looks like this:
-
-    const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-      [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-    };
-
-In this case we've instructed QMK to call the `ACTION_FUNCTION` callback, which we will define in the next section.
-
-> This `fn_actions[]` interface is mostly for backward compatibility.  In QMK, you don't need to use `fn_actions[]`.  You can directly use `ACTION_FUNCTION(N)` or any other action code value itself normally generated by the macro in `keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS]`.  N in `F(N)` can only be 0 to 31.  Use of the action code directly in `keymaps` unlocks this limitation.
-
-You can get a full list of Action Functions in [action_code.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/action_code.h). 
-
-#### `action_function()`
-
-To actually handle the keypress event we define an `action_function()`. This function will be called when the key is pressed, and then again when the key is released. We have to handle both situations within our code, as well as determining whether to send/release `KC_ESC` or `KC_GRAVE`.
-
-    void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-      static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-
-      switch (id) {
-        case 0:
-          /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-           */
-          mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-          if (record->event.pressed) {
-            /* The key is being pressed.
-             */
-            if (mods_pressed) {
-              add_key(KC_GRV);
-              send_keyboard_report();
-            } else {
-              add_key(KC_ESC);
-              send_keyboard_report();
-            }
-          } else {
-            /* The key is being released.
-             */
-            if (mods_pressed) {
-              del_key(KC_GRV);
-              send_keyboard_report();
-            } else {
-              del_key(KC_ESC);
-              send_keyboard_report();
-            }
-          }
-          break;
-      }
-    }
-
 # Nitty Gritty Details
 
 This should have given you a basic overview for creating your own keymap. For more details see the following resources:

docs/newbs_flashing.md

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ If you know what bootloader that you're using, then when compiling the firmware,
 
 ### DFU
 
-For the DFU bootloader, when you're ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the built command: 
+For the DFU bootloader, when you're ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the build command: 
 
     make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:dfu
 
@@ -131,9 +131,19 @@ If you have any issues with this, you may need to this:
 
     sudo make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:dfu
 
+#### DFU commands
+
+There are a number of DFU commands that you can use to flash firmware to a DFU device:
+
+* `:dfu` - This is the normal option and waits until a DFU device is available, and then flashes the firmware. This will check every 5 seconds, to see if a DFU device has appeared.
+* `:dfu-ee` - This flashes an `eep` file instead of the normal hex.  This is uncommon. 
+* `:dfu-split-left` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu`). However, this also flashes the "Left Side" EEPROM file for split keyboards. _This is ideal for Elite C based split keyboards._
+* `:dfu-split-right` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu`). However, this also flashes the "Right Side" EEPROM file for split keyboards. _This is ideal for Elite C based split keyboards._
+
+
 ### Caterina 
 
-For Arduino boards and their close (such as the SparkFun ProMicro), when you're ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the built command: 
+For Arduino boards and their clones (such as the SparkFun ProMicro), when you're ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the build command: 
 
     make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:avrdude
 
@@ -199,9 +209,17 @@ If you have any issues with this, you may need to this:
 
     sudo make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:avrdude
 
+
+Additionally, if you want to flash multiple boards, use the following command:
+
+    make <keyboard>:<keymap>:avrdude-loop
+
+When you're done flashing boards, you'll need to hit Ctrl + C or whatever the correct keystroke is for your operating system to break the loop.
+
+
 ## HalfKay
 
-For the PJRC devices (Teensy's), when you're ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the built command: 
+For the PJRC devices (Teensy's), when you're ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the build command: 
 
     make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:teensy
 
@@ -226,12 +244,61 @@ Waiting for Teensy device...
 
  ```
  Found HalfKay Bootloader
-Read "./.build/ergodox_ez_drashna.hex": 28532 bytes, 88.5% usage
+Read "./.build/ergodox_ez_xyverz.hex": 28532 bytes, 88.5% usage
 Programming............................................................................................................................................................................
 ...................................................
 Booting
 ```
 
+## STM32 (ARM)
+
+For a majority of ARM boards (including the Proton C, Planck Rev 6, and Preonic Rev 3), when you're ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the build command: 
+
+    make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:dfu-util
+
+For example, if your keymap is named "xyverz" and you're building a keymap for the Planck Revision 6 keyboard, you'll use this command and then reboot the keyboard to the bootloader (before it finishes compiling):
+
+    make planck/rev6:xyverz:dfu-util
+
+Once the firmware finishes compiling, it will output something like this: 
+
+```
+Linking: .build/planck_rev6_xyverz.elf                                                             [OK]
+Creating binary load file for flashing: .build/planck_rev6_xyverz.bin                               [OK]
+Creating load file for flashing: .build/planck_rev6_xyverz.hex                                     [OK]
+
+Size after:
+   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
+      0   41820       0   41820    a35c .build/planck_rev6_xyverz.hex
+
+Copying planck_rev6_xyverz.bin to qmk_firmware folder                                              [OK]
+dfu-util 0.9
+
+Copyright 2005-2009 Weston Schmidt, Harald Welte and OpenMoko Inc.
+Copyright 2010-2016 Tormod Volden and Stefan Schmidt
+This program is Free Software and has ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY
+Please report bugs to http://sourceforge.net/p/dfu-util/tickets/
+
+Invalid DFU suffix signature
+A valid DFU suffix will be required in a future dfu-util release!!!
+Opening DFU capable USB device...
+ID 0483:df11
+Run-time device DFU version 011a
+Claiming USB DFU Interface...
+Setting Alternate Setting #0 ...
+Determining device status: state = dfuERROR, status = 10
+dfuERROR, clearing status
+Determining device status: state = dfuIDLE, status = 0
+dfuIDLE, continuing
+DFU mode device DFU version 011a
+Device returned transfer size 2048
+DfuSe interface name: "Internal Flash  "
+Downloading to address = 0x08000000, size = 41824
+Download        [=========================] 100%        41824 bytes
+Download done.
+File downloaded successfully
+Transitioning to dfuMANIFEST state
+```
 
 ## Test It Out!
 

docs/newbs_getting_started.md

@@ -66,8 +66,10 @@ You will need to install Git. It's very likely that you already have it, but if
 
 Once you have set up your Linux/Unix environment, you are ready to download QMK. We will do this by using Git to "clone" the QMK repository. Open a Terminal or MSYS2 MinGW window and leave it open for the remainder of this guide. Inside that window run these two commands:
 
-    git clone https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git
-    cd qmk_firmware
+```shell
+git clone --recurse-submodules https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git
+cd qmk_firmware
+```
 
 ?> If you already know [how to use GitHub](getting_started_github.md), we recommend that you create and clone your own fork instead. If you don't know what that means, you can safely ignore this message.
 

docs/other_vscode.md

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+# Setting up Visual Studio Code for QMK Development
+
+[Visual Studio Code](https://code.visualstudio.com/) (VS Code) is an open-source code editor that supports many different programming languages. 
+
+Using a full-featured editor such as VS Code provides many advantages over a plain text editor, such as:
+* intelligent code completion
+* convenient navigation in the code
+* refactoring tools
+* build automation (no need for the command-line)
+* a graphical front end for GIT
+* many other tools such as debugging, code formatting, showing call hierarchies etc.
+
+The purpose of this page is to document how to set up VS Code for developing QMK Firmware.
+
+This guide covers how to configure everything needed on Windows and Ubuntu 18.04
+
+# Set up VS Code
+Before starting, you will want to make sure that you have all of the build tools set up, and QMK Firmware cloned. Head to the the [Newbs Getting Started Guide](newbs_getting_started.md) to get things set up, if you haven't already.
+
+## Windows
+
+### Prerequisites
+
+* [Git for Windows](https://git-scm.com/download/win) (This link will prompt to save/run the installer)
+  
+  1. Disable all of the options but `Git LFS (Large File Support)` and `Check daily for Git for Windows updates`. 
+  2. Set the default editor to `Use Visual Studio Code as Git's default editor`
+  3. Select the `Use Git from Git Bash only` option, since that's the option that you should use here.
+  4. For the `Choosing HTTPS transport backend`, either option should be fine.
+  5. Select the `Checkout as-is, commit Unix-style line endings` option. QMK Firmware uses Unix style commits.
+  6. For the extra options, leave the default options as is. 
+
+  This software is needed for Git support in VS Code. It may be possible to not include this, but it is much simpler to just use this. 
+
+* [Git Credential Manager for Windows](https://github.com/Microsoft/Git-Credential-Manager-for-Windows/releases) (Optional) 
+
+  This software provides better support for Git by providing secure storage for git credentials, MFA and personal access token generation. 
+  
+  This isn't strictly needed, but we would recommend it. 
+
+
+### Installing VS Code
+
+1. Head to [VS Code](https://code.visualstudio.com/) and download the installer
+2. Run the installer
+
+This part is super simple.  However, there is some configuration that we need to do to ensure things are configured correctly.
+
+### Configuring VS Code
+
+First, we need to set up IntelliSense. This isn't strictly required, but it will make your life a LOT easier. To do this, we need to create the `.vscode/c_cpp_properies.json` file in the QMK Firmware folder, You can do this all manually, but I've done most of the work already. 
+
+Grab [this file](https://gist.github.com/drashna/48e2c49ce877be592a1650f91f8473e8) and save it.  You may need to edit this file, if you didn't install MSYS2 to the default location, or are using WSL/LxSS.  
+
+Once you have saved this file, you will need to reload VS Code, if it was already running. 
+
+?> You should see an `extensions.json` and `settings.json` file in the `.vscode` folder, as well.
+
+
+Now, we will set up the MSYS2 window to show up in VSCode as the integrated terminal.  This has a number of advantages. Mostly, you can control+click on errors and jump to those files.  This makes debugging much easier.  It's also nice, in that you don't have to jump to another window. 
+
+1. Click <kbd><kbd>File</kbd> > <kbd>Preferences ></kbd> > <kbd>Settings</kbd> </kbd>
+2. Click on the <kbd>{}</kbd> button, in the top right to open the `settings.json` file. 
+3. Set the file's content to: 
+
+   ```json
+   {
+        "terminal.integrated.shell.windows": "C:\\msys64\\usr\\bin\\bash.exe",
+        "terminal.integrated.env.windows": {
+            "MSYSTEM": "MINGW64",
+            "CHERE_INVOKING": "1"
+        },
+        "terminal.integrated.shellArgs.windows": [
+            "--login"
+        ],
+        "terminal.integrated.cursorStyle": "line"
+    }
+    ```
+
+   If there are settings here already, then just add everything between the first and last curly brackets.  
+
+?> If you installed MSYS2 to a different folder, then you'll need to change the path for `terminal.integrated.shell.windows` to the correct path for your system. 
+
+4. Hit Ctrl-` (grave) to bring up the terminal.  
+
+   This should start the terminal in the workspace's folder (so the `qmk_firmware` folder), and then you can compile your keyboard. 
+
+
+## Every other Operating System
+
+1. Head to [VS Code](https://code.visualstudio.com/) and download the installer
+2. Run the installer
+3. That's it
+
+No, really, that's it.  The paths needed are already included when installing the packages, and it is much better about detecting the current workspace files and parsing them for IntelliSense. 
+
+## Plugins
+
+There are a number of extensions that you may want to install:
+
+* [Git Extension Pack](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=donjayamanne.git-extension-pack) - 
+This installs a bunch of Git related tools that may make using Git with QMK Firmware easier.
+* [EditorConfig for VS Code](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=EditorConfig.EditorConfig) - _[Optional]_ -  Helps to keep the code to the QMK Coding Conventions.
+* [Bracket Pair Colorizer 2](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=CoenraadS.bracket-pair-colorizer-2) - _[Optional]_ - This color codes the brackets in your code, to make it easier to reference nested code.
+* [Github Markdown Preview](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=bierner.github-markdown-preview) - _[Optional]_ - Makes the markdown preview in VS Code more like GitHub's.
+* [VS Live Share Extension Pack](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=MS-vsliveshare.vsliveshare-pack) - _[Optional]_ - This extension allows somebody else to access your workspace (or you to access somebody else's workspace) and help out.  This is great if you're having issues and need some help from somebody.
+* [VIM Keymap](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=GiuseppeCesarano.vim-keymap) - _[Optional]_ - For those that prefer VIM style keybindings. There are other options for this, too. 
+* [Travis CI Status](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=felixrieseberg.vsc-travis-ci-status) - _[Optional]_ - This shows the current Travis CI status, if you have it set up.
+
+Restart once you've installed any extensions
+
+# Configure VS Code for QMK
+1. Click <kbd><kbd>File</kbd> > <kbd>Open Folder</kbd></kbd>
+2. Open the QMK Firmware folder that you cloned from GitHub. 
+3. Click <kbd><kbd>File</kbd> > <kbd>Save Workspace As...</kbd></kbd>
+
+And now you're ready to code QMK Firmware in VS Code

docs/porting_your_keyboard_to_qmk_(arm_and_other_chibios_cpus).md

@@ -1,15 +1,25 @@
-Setting up your ARM based PCB is a little more involved than an Atmel MCU, but is easy enough. Start by using `util/new_project.sh <keyboard>` to create a new project:
+Setting up your ARM based PCB is a little more involved than an Atmel MCU, but is easy enough. Start by running `util/new_keyboard.sh`:
 
 ```
-$ util/new_project.sh simontester
-######################################################
-# /keyboards/simontester project created. To start
-# working on things, cd into keyboards/simontester
-######################################################
+$ ./util/new_keyboard.sh
+Generating a new QMK keyboard directory
+
+Keyboard Name: mycoolkb
+Keyboard Type [avr]: 
+Your Name [John Smith]: 
+
+Copying base template files... done
+Copying avr template files... done
+Renaming keyboard files... done
+Replacing %KEYBOARD% with mycoolkb... done
+Replacing %YOUR_NAME% with John Smith... done
+
+Created a new keyboard called mycoolkb.
+
+To start working on things, cd into keyboards/mycoolkb,
+or open the directory in your favourite text editor.
 ```
 
-
-
 # END OF NEW ARM DOC, OLD ATMEL DOC FOLLOWS
 
 ## `/keyboards/<keyboard>/config.h`
@@ -22,6 +32,8 @@ The `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS` are the pins your MCU uses on each r
 
 For the `DIODE_DIRECTION`, most hand-wiring guides will instruct you to wire the diodes in the `COL2ROW` position, but it's possible that they are in the other - people coming from EasyAVR often use `ROW2COL`. Nothing will function if this is incorrect.
 
+To configure a keyboard where each switch is connected to a separate pin and ground instead of sharing row and column pins, use `DIRECT_PINS`. The mapping defines the pins of each switch in rows and columns, from left to right. Must conform to the sizes within `MATRIX_ROWS` and `MATRIX_COLS`, use `NO_PIN` to fill in blank spaces. Overrides the behaviour of `DIODE_DIRECTION`, `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS`.
+
 `BACKLIGHT_PIN` is the pin that your PWM-controlled backlight (if one exists) is hooked-up to. Currently only B5, B6, and B7 are supported.
 
 `BACKLIGHT_BREATHING` is a fancier backlight feature that adds breathing/pulsing/fading effects to the backlight. It uses the same timer as the normal backlight. These breathing effects must be called by code in your keymap.
@@ -54,10 +66,10 @@ This is where all of the custom logic for your keyboard goes - you may not need
 
 ## `/keyboards/<keyboard>/<keyboard>.h`
 
-Here is where you can (optionally) define your `KEYMAP` function to remap your matrix into a more readable format. With ortholinear boards, this isn't always necessary, but it can help to accommodate the dead spots on your matrix, where there are keys that take up more than one space (2u, staggering, 6.25u, etc). The example shows the difference between the physical keys, and the matrix design:
+Here is where you can (optionally) define your `LAYOUT` function to remap your matrix into a more readable format. With ortholinear boards, this isn't always necessary, but it can help to accommodate the dead spots on your matrix, where there are keys that take up more than one space (2u, staggering, 6.25u, etc). The example shows the difference between the physical keys, and the matrix design:
 
 ```
-#define KEYMAP( \
+#define LAYOUT( \
     k00, k01, k02, \
       k10,  k11   \
 ) \

docs/understanding_qmk.md

@@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ Matrix Scanning runs many times per second. The exact rate varies but typically
 
 Once we know the state of every switch on our keyboard we have to map that to a keycode. In QMK this is done by making use of C macros to allow us to separate the definition of the physical layout from the definition of keycodes.
 
-At the keyboard level we define a C macro (typically named `KEYMAP()`) which maps our keyboard's matrix to physical keys. Sometimes the matrix does not have a switch in every location, and we can use this macro to pre-populate those with KC_NO, making the keymap definition easier to work with. Here's an example `KEYMAP()` macro for a numpad:
+At the keyboard level we define a C macro (typically named `LAYOUT()`) which maps our keyboard's matrix to physical keys. Sometimes the matrix does not have a switch in every location, and we can use this macro to pre-populate those with KC_NO, making the keymap definition easier to work with. Here's an example `LAYOUT()` macro for a numpad:
 
 ```c
-#define KEYMAP( \
+#define LAYOUT( \
     k00, k01, k02, k03, \
     k10, k11, k12, k13, \
     k20, k21, k22, \
@@ -75,17 +75,17 @@ At the keyboard level we define a C macro (typically named `KEYMAP()`) which map
 }
 ```
 
-Notice how the second block of our `KEYMAP()` macro matches the Matrix Scanning array above? This macro is what will map the matrix scanning array to keycodes. However, if you look at a 17 key numpad you'll notice that it has 3 places where the matrix could have a switch but doesn't, due to larger keys. We have populated those spaces with `KC_NO` so that our keymap definition doesn't have to.
+Notice how the second block of our `LAYOUT()` macro matches the Matrix Scanning array above? This macro is what will map the matrix scanning array to keycodes. However, if you look at a 17 key numpad you'll notice that it has 3 places where the matrix could have a switch but doesn't, due to larger keys. We have populated those spaces with `KC_NO` so that our keymap definition doesn't have to.
 
 You can also use this macro to handle unusual matrix layouts, for example the [Clueboard rev 2](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e1203a222bb12ab9733916164a000ef3ac48da93/keyboards/clueboard/66/rev2/rev2.h). Explaining that is outside the scope of this document.
 
 ##### Keycode Assignment
 
-At the keymap level we make use of our `KEYMAP()` macro above to map keycodes to physical locations to matrix locations. It looks like this:
+At the keymap level we make use of our `LAYOUT()` macro above to map keycodes to physical locations to matrix locations. It looks like this:
 
 ```
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-[0] = KEYMAP(
+[0] = LAYOUT(
   KC_NLCK, KC_PSLS, KC_PAST, KC_PMNS, \
   KC_P7,   KC_P8,   KC_P9,   KC_PPLS, \
   KC_P4,   KC_P5,   KC_P6, \
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 }
 ```
 
-Notice how all of these arguments match up with the first half of the `KEYMAP()` macro from the last section? This is how we take a keycode and map it to our Matrix Scan from earlier.
+Notice how all of these arguments match up with the first half of the `LAYOUT()` macro from the last section? This is how we take a keycode and map it to our Matrix Scan from earlier.
 
 ##### State Change Detection
 
@@ -135,9 +135,11 @@ The `process_record()` function itself is deceptively simple, but hidden within
 * [`void process_record(keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e1203a222bb12ab9733916164a000ef3ac48da93/tmk_core/common/action.c#L172)
   * [`bool process_record_quantum(keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e1203a222bb12ab9733916164a000ef3ac48da93/quantum/quantum.c#L206)
     * [Map this record to a keycode](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e1203a222bb12ab9733916164a000ef3ac48da93/quantum/quantum.c#L226)
+    * [`void velocikey_accelerate(void)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/c1c5922aae7b60b7c7d13d3769350eed9dda17ab/quantum/velocikey.c#L27)
     * [`void preprocess_tap_dance(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e1203a222bb12ab9733916164a000ef3ac48da93/quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c#L119)
     * [`bool process_key_lock(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e1203a222bb12ab9733916164a000ef3ac48da93/quantum/process_keycode/process_key_lock.c#L62)
     * [`bool process_clicky(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e1203a222bb12ab9733916164a000ef3ac48da93/quantum/process_keycode/process_clicky.c#L79)
+    * [`bool process_haptic(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/2cee371bf125a6ec541dd7c5a809573facc7c456/drivers/haptic/haptic.c#L216)
     * [`bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e1203a222bb12ab9733916164a000ef3ac48da93/keyboards/clueboard/card/card.c#L20)
       * [`bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e1203a222bb12ab9733916164a000ef3ac48da93/keyboards/clueboard/card/keymaps/default/keymap.c#L58)
     * [`bool process_rgb_matrix(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e1203a222bb12ab9733916164a000ef3ac48da93/quantum/rgb_matrix.c#L139)

docs/zh-cn/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# QMK机械键盘固件
+
+[![当前版本](https://img.shields.io/github/tag/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tags)
+[![开发状态](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware)
+[![异议](https://img.shields.io/discord/440868230475677696.svg)](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
+[![文档状态](https://img.shields.io/badge/docs-ready-orange.svg)](https://docs.qmk.fm)
+[![GitHub贡献者](https://img.shields.io/github/contributors/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulse/monthly)
+[![GitHub分支](https://img.shields.io/github/forks/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?style=social&label=Fork)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/)
+
+## 什么是 QMK 固件?
+
+QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) 是一个社区维护的开源软件，包括 QMK 固件, QMK 工具箱, qmk.fm网站, 和这些文档。QMK 固件是一个基于[tmk\_keyboard](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard)的键盘固件，它在爱特梅尔AVR微控制器实现一些有用的功能,确切地说, 是在 [OLKB product line](http://olkb.com), 在 [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com) 键盘, 和 [Clueboard product line](http://clueboard.co/). 上。它被移植到使用ChibiOS的ARM芯片上. 它可以在飞线键盘或定制PCB键盘中发挥功能.
+
+## 如何得到它
+
+如果你打算贡献布局, 键盘, 或者其他QMK特性, 一下是最简单的方法：[从Github获得repo分支](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), 并克隆你的repo到本地进行编辑，推送，然后从你的分支打开 [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls).
+
+此外, 你也可以直接下载 ([zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master), [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master)), 或者从git克隆 (`git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git`), 或 https (`https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
+
+## 如何编译
+
+在你能编译之前, 你需要[部署环境](getting_started_build_tools.md) 用于 AVR or/and ARM 开发。完成后, 你可以使用 `make` 命令来编译一个键盘和布局使用以下命令:
+
+    make planck/rev4:default
+
+这将建立 `planck`的`rev4` 修订版本并使用 `default`布局。并非所有键盘都有修订版本 (也叫做子项目或文件夹)，在此情况下，修订版本可以省略，如下:
+
+    make preonic:default
+
+## 如何定制
+
+QMK 有许多 [特性](features.md)来探索，也有很多 [参考文档](http://docs.qmk.fm) 供您发掘。你可以通过修改 [布局](keymap.md)和[键码](keycodes.md)来利用许多特性。

docs/zh-cn/_summary.md

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+* [完全菜鸟指南](newbs.md)
+  * [入门](newbs_getting_started.md)
+  * [构建你的第一个固件](newbs_building_firmware.md)
+  * [刷新固件](newbs_flashing.md)
+  * [测试和调试](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
+  * [Git最佳实践](newbs_best_practices.md)
+  * [学习资源](newbs_learn_more_resources.md)
+
+* [QMK基础](README.md)
+  * [QMK 简介](getting_started_introduction.md)
+  * [贡献 QMK](contributing.md)
+  * [如何使用Github](getting_started_github.md)
+  * [获得帮助](getting_started_getting_help.md)
+
+* [问题解答](faq.md)
+  * [一般问题](faq_general.md)
+  * [构建/编译QMK](faq_build.md)
+  * [调试/故障排除 QMK](faq_debug.md)
+  * [键盘布局](faq_keymap.md)
+
+* 详细指南
+  * [安装构建工具](getting_started_build_tools.md)
+  * [流浪者指南](getting_started_vagrant.md)
+  * [构建/编译指令](getting_started_make_guide.md)
+  * [刷新固件](flashing.md)
+  * [定制功能](custom_quantum_functions.md)
+  * [布局概述](keymap.md)
+
+* [硬件](hardware.md)
+  * [AVR 处理器](hardware_avr.md)
+  * [驱动](hardware_drivers.md)
+
+* 参考
+  * [键盘指南](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
+  * [配置选项](config_options.md)
+  * [键码](keycodes.md)
+  * [记录最佳实践](documentation_best_practices.md)
+  * [文档指南](documentation_templates.md)
+  * [词汇表](reference_glossary.md)
+  * [单元测试](unit_testing.md)
+  * [有用的功能](ref_functions.md)
+  * [配置器支持](reference_configurator_support.md)
+  * [info.json 格式](reference_info_json.md)
+
+* [特性](features.md)
+  * [基本键码](keycodes_basic.md)
+  * [US ANSI 控制键](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
+  * [量子键码](quantum_keycodes.md)
+  * [高级键码](feature_advanced_keycodes.md)
+  * [音频](feature_audio.md)
+  * [自动控制](feature_auto_shift.md)
+  * [背光](feature_backlight.md)
+  * [蓝牙](feature_bluetooth.md)
+  * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+  * [组合](feature_combo)
+  * [命令](feature_command.md)
+  * [动态宏指令](feature_dynamic_macros.md)
+  * [编码器](feature_encoders.md)
+  * [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md)
+  * [键锁](feature_key_lock.md)
+  * [层](feature_layouts.md)
+  * [引导键](feature_leader_key.md)
+  * [LED 阵列](feature_led_matrix.md)
+  * [宏指令](feature_macros.md)
+  * [鼠标键](feature_mouse_keys.md)
+  * [一键功能](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
+  * [指针设备](feature_pointing_device.md)
+  * [PS/2 鼠标](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
+  * [RGB 光](feature_rgblight.md)
+  * [RGB 矩阵](feature_rgb_matrix.md)
+  * [空格候补换挡](feature_space_cadet_shift.md)
+  * [空格候补换挡回车](feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md)
+  * [速录机](feature_stenography.md)
+  * [换手](feature_swap_hands.md)
+  * [踢踏舞](feature_tap_dance.md)
+  * [终端](feature_terminal.md)
+  * [热敏打印机](feature_thermal_printer.md)
+  * [Unicode](feature_unicode.md)
+  * [用户空间](feature_userspace.md)
+  * [速度键](feature_velocikey.md)
+
+* 针对制造者和定制者
+  * [飞线指南](hand_wire.md)
+  * [ISP 刷新指南](isp_flashing_guide.md)
+  * [ARM 调试指南](arm_debugging.md)
+  * [I2C 驱动](i2c_driver.md)
+  * [GPIO 控制器](internals_gpio_control.md)
+  * [Proton C 转换](proton_c_conversion.md)
+
+* 深入了解
+  * [键盘如何工作](how_keyboards_work.md)
+  * [理解 QMK](understanding_qmk.md)
+
+* 其他话题
+  * [使用Eclipse开发QMK](other_eclipse.md)
+  * [使用VSCode开发QMK](other_vscode.md)
+  * [支持](support.md)
+
+* QMK 内构 (正在编写)
+  * [定义](internals_defines.md)
+  * [输入回调寄存器](internals_input_callback_reg.md)
+  * [Midi 设备](internals_midi_device.md)
+  * [Midi 设备设置过程](internals_midi_device_setup_process.md)
+  * [Midi 工具库](internals_midi_util.md)
+  * [发送函数](internals_send_functions.md)
+  * [Sysex 工具](internals_sysex_tools.md)

drivers/arm/i2c_master.c

@@ -42,6 +42,18 @@ static const I2CConfig i2cconfig = {
   0
 };
 
+static i2c_status_t chibios_to_qmk(const msg_t* status) {
+  switch (*status) {
+    case I2C_NO_ERROR:
+      return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+    case I2C_TIMEOUT:
+      return I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
+    // I2C_BUS_ERROR, I2C_ARBITRATION_LOST, I2C_ACK_FAILURE, I2C_OVERRUN, I2C_PEC_ERROR, I2C_SMB_ALERT
+    default:
+      return I2C_STATUS_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
 __attribute__ ((weak))
 void i2c_init(void)
 {
@@ -57,29 +69,30 @@ void i2c_init(void)
   //i2cInit(); //This is invoked by halInit() so no need to redo it.
 }
 
-// This is usually not needed
-uint8_t i2c_start(uint8_t address)
+i2c_status_t i2c_start(uint8_t address)
 {
   i2c_address = address;
   i2cStart(&I2C_DRIVER, &i2cconfig);
-  return 0;
+  return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
 }
 
-uint8_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
+i2c_status_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
 {
   i2c_address = address;
   i2cStart(&I2C_DRIVER, &i2cconfig);
-  return i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), data, length, 0, 0, MS2ST(timeout));
+  msg_t status = i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), data, length, 0, 0, MS2ST(timeout));
+  return chibios_to_qmk(&status);
 }
 
-uint8_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
+i2c_status_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
 {
   i2c_address = address;
   i2cStart(&I2C_DRIVER, &i2cconfig);
-  return i2cMasterReceiveTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), data, length, MS2ST(timeout));
+  msg_t status = i2cMasterReceiveTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), data, length, MS2ST(timeout));
+  return chibios_to_qmk(&status);
 }
 
-uint8_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
+i2c_status_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
 {
   i2c_address = devaddr;
   i2cStart(&I2C_DRIVER, &i2cconfig);
@@ -91,19 +104,19 @@ uint8_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t l
   }
   complete_packet[0] = regaddr;
 
-  return i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), complete_packet, length + 1, 0, 0, MS2ST(timeout));
+  msg_t status = i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), complete_packet, length + 1, 0, 0, MS2ST(timeout));
+  return chibios_to_qmk(&status);
 }
 
-uint8_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t* regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
+i2c_status_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t* regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
 {
   i2c_address = devaddr;
   i2cStart(&I2C_DRIVER, &i2cconfig);
-  return i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), regaddr, 1, data, length, MS2ST(timeout));
+  msg_t status = i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), regaddr, 1, data, length, MS2ST(timeout));
+  return chibios_to_qmk(&status);
 }
 
-// This is usually not needed. It releases the driver to allow pins to become GPIO again.
-uint8_t i2c_stop(uint16_t timeout)
+void i2c_stop(void)
 {
   i2cStop(&I2C_DRIVER);
-  return 0;
 }

drivers/arm/i2c_master.h

@@ -40,11 +40,17 @@
   #define I2C_DRIVER I2CD1
 #endif
 
+typedef int16_t i2c_status_t;
+
+#define I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS (0)
+#define I2C_STATUS_ERROR   (-1)
+#define I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT (-2)
+
 void i2c_init(void);
-uint8_t i2c_start(uint8_t address);
-uint8_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
-uint8_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
-uint8_t i2c_transmit_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t * tx_body, uint16_t tx_length, uint8_t * rx_body, uint16_t rx_length);
-uint8_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
-uint8_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t* regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
-uint8_t i2c_stop(uint16_t timeout);
+i2c_status_t i2c_start(uint8_t address);
+i2c_status_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
+i2c_status_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
+i2c_status_t i2c_transmit_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t * tx_body, uint16_t tx_length, uint8_t * rx_body, uint16_t rx_length);
+i2c_status_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
+i2c_status_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t* regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
+void i2c_stop(void);

drivers/avr/i2c_master.c

@@ -7,43 +7,56 @@
 
 #include "i2c_master.h"
 #include "timer.h"
+#include "wait.h"
 
 #ifndef F_SCL
-#define F_SCL 400000UL // SCL frequency
+#  define F_SCL 400000UL  // SCL frequency
 #endif
 #define Prescaler 1
-#define TWBR_val ((((F_CPU / F_SCL) / Prescaler) - 16 ) / 2)
+#define TWBR_val ((((F_CPU / F_SCL) / Prescaler) - 16) / 2)
 
-void i2c_init(void)
-{
-  TWSR = 0;     /* no prescaler */
+void i2c_init(void) {
+  TWSR = 0; /* no prescaler */
   TWBR = (uint8_t)TWBR_val;
+
+  #ifdef __AVR_ATmega32A__
+  // set pull-up resistors on I2C bus pins
+  PORTC |= 0b11;
+
+  // enable TWI (two-wire interface)
+  TWCR |= (1 << TWEN);
+
+  // enable TWI interrupt and slave address ACK
+  TWCR |= (1 << TWIE);
+  TWCR |= (1 << TWEA);
+  #endif
 }
 
-i2c_status_t i2c_start(uint8_t address, uint16_t timeout)
-{
+i2c_status_t i2c_start(uint8_t address, uint16_t timeout) {
   // reset TWI control register
   TWCR = 0;
   // transmit START condition
-  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWSTA) | (1<<TWEN);
+  TWCR = (1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN);
 
   uint16_t timeout_timer = timer_read();
-  while( !(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)) ) {
+  while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT))) {
     if ((timeout != I2C_TIMEOUT_INFINITE) && ((timer_read() - timeout_timer) >= timeout)) {
       return I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
     }
   }
 
   // check if the start condition was successfully transmitted
-  if(((TW_STATUS & 0xF8) != TW_START) && ((TW_STATUS & 0xF8) != TW_REP_START)){ return I2C_STATUS_ERROR; }
+  if (((TW_STATUS & 0xF8) != TW_START) && ((TW_STATUS & 0xF8) != TW_REP_START)) {
+    return I2C_STATUS_ERROR;
+  }
 
   // load slave address into data register
   TWDR = address;
   // start transmission of address
-  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+  TWCR = (1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN);
 
   timeout_timer = timer_read();
-  while( !(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)) ) {
+  while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT))) {
     if ((timeout != I2C_TIMEOUT_INFINITE) && ((timer_read() - timeout_timer) >= timeout)) {
       return I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
     }
@@ -51,38 +64,39 @@ i2c_status_t i2c_start(uint8_t address, uint16_t timeout)
 
   // check if the device has acknowledged the READ / WRITE mode
   uint8_t twst = TW_STATUS & 0xF8;
-  if ( (twst != TW_MT_SLA_ACK) && (twst != TW_MR_SLA_ACK) ) return I2C_STATUS_ERROR;
+  if ((twst != TW_MT_SLA_ACK) && (twst != TW_MR_SLA_ACK)) {
+    return I2C_STATUS_ERROR;
+  }
 
   return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
 }
 
-i2c_status_t i2c_write(uint8_t data, uint16_t timeout)
-{
+i2c_status_t i2c_write(uint8_t data, uint16_t timeout) {
   // load data into data register
   TWDR = data;
   // start transmission of data
-  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+  TWCR = (1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN);
 
   uint16_t timeout_timer = timer_read();
-  while( !(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)) ) {
+  while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT))) {
     if ((timeout != I2C_TIMEOUT_INFINITE) && ((timer_read() - timeout_timer) >= timeout)) {
       return I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
     }
   }
 
-  if( (TW_STATUS & 0xF8) != TW_MT_DATA_ACK ){ return I2C_STATUS_ERROR; }
+  if ((TW_STATUS & 0xF8) != TW_MT_DATA_ACK) {
+    return I2C_STATUS_ERROR;
+  }
 
   return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
 }
 
-int16_t i2c_read_ack(uint16_t timeout)
-{
-
+int16_t i2c_read_ack(uint16_t timeout) {
   // start TWI module and acknowledge data after reception
-  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (1<<TWEA);
+  TWCR = (1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN) | (1 << TWEA);
 
   uint16_t timeout_timer = timer_read();
-  while( !(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)) ) {
+  while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT))) {
     if ((timeout != I2C_TIMEOUT_INFINITE) && ((timer_read() - timeout_timer) >= timeout)) {
       return I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
     }
@@ -92,14 +106,12 @@ int16_t i2c_read_ack(uint16_t timeout)
   return TWDR;
 }
 
-int16_t i2c_read_nack(uint16_t timeout)
-{
-
+int16_t i2c_read_nack(uint16_t timeout) {
   // start receiving without acknowledging reception
-  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+  TWCR = (1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN);
 
   uint16_t timeout_timer = timer_read();
-  while( !(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)) ) {
+  while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT))) {
     if ((timeout != I2C_TIMEOUT_INFINITE) && ((timer_read() - timeout_timer) >= timeout)) {
       return I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
     }
@@ -109,115 +121,89 @@ int16_t i2c_read_nack(uint16_t timeout)
   return TWDR;
 }
 
-i2c_status_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
-{
+i2c_status_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout) {
   i2c_status_t status = i2c_start(address | I2C_WRITE, timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
 
-  for (uint16_t i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+  for (uint16_t i = 0; i < length && status >= 0; i++) {
     status = i2c_write(data[i], timeout);
-    if (status) return status;
   }
 
-  status = i2c_stop(timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
+  i2c_stop();
 
-  return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+  return status;
 }
 
-i2c_status_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
-{
+i2c_status_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout) {
   i2c_status_t status = i2c_start(address | I2C_READ, timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
 
-  for (uint16_t i = 0; i < (length-1); i++) {
+  for (uint16_t i = 0; i < (length - 1) && status >= 0; i++) {
     status = i2c_read_ack(timeout);
     if (status >= 0) {
       data[i] = status;
-    } else {
-      return status;
     }
   }
 
-  status = i2c_read_nack(timeout);
-  if (status >= 0 ) {
-    data[(length-1)] = status;
-  } else {
-    return status;
+  if (status >= 0) {
+    status = i2c_read_nack(timeout);
+    if (status >= 0) {
+      data[(length - 1)] = status;
+    }
   }
 
-  status = i2c_stop(timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
+  i2c_stop();
 
-  return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+  return (status < 0) ? status : I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
 }
 
-i2c_status_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
-{
+i2c_status_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout) {
   i2c_status_t status = i2c_start(devaddr | 0x00, timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
+  if (status >= 0) {
+    status = i2c_write(regaddr, timeout);
 
-  status = i2c_write(regaddr, timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
-
-  for (uint16_t i = 0; i < length; i++) {
-    status = i2c_write(data[i], timeout);
-    if (status) return status;
+    for (uint16_t i = 0; i < length && status >= 0; i++) {
+      status = i2c_write(data[i], timeout);
+    }
   }
 
-  status = i2c_stop(timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
+  i2c_stop();
 
-  return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+  return status;
 }
 
-i2c_status_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
-{
+i2c_status_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout) {
   i2c_status_t status = i2c_start(devaddr, timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
+  if (status < 0) {
+    goto error;
+  }
 
   status = i2c_write(regaddr, timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
-
-  status = i2c_stop(timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
+  if (status < 0) {
+    goto error;
+  }
 
   status = i2c_start(devaddr | 0x01, timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
 
-  for (uint16_t i = 0; i < (length-1); i++) {
+  for (uint16_t i = 0; i < (length - 1) && status >= 0; i++) {
     status = i2c_read_ack(timeout);
     if (status >= 0) {
       data[i] = status;
-    } else {
-      return status;
     }
   }
 
-  status = i2c_read_nack(timeout);
-  if (status >= 0 ) {
-    data[(length-1)] = status;
-  } else {
-    return status;
+  if (status >= 0) {
+    status = i2c_read_nack(timeout);
+    if (status >= 0) {
+      data[(length - 1)] = status;
+    }
   }
 
-  status = i2c_stop(timeout);
-  if (status) return status;
+error:
+  i2c_stop();
 
-  return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+  return (status < 0) ? status : I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
 }
 
-i2c_status_t i2c_stop(uint16_t timeout)
-{
+void i2c_stop(void) {
   // transmit STOP condition
-  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (1<<TWSTO);
-
-  uint16_t timeout_timer = timer_read();
-  while(TWCR & (1<<TWSTO)) {
-    if ((timeout != I2C_TIMEOUT_INFINITE) && ((timer_read() - timeout_timer) >= timeout)) {
-      return I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+  TWCR = (1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN) | (1 << TWSTO);
 }

drivers/avr/i2c_master.h

@@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ i2c_status_t i2c_start(uint8_t address, uint16_t timeout);
 i2c_status_t i2c_write(uint8_t data, uint16_t timeout);
 int16_t i2c_read_ack(uint16_t timeout);
 int16_t i2c_read_nack(uint16_t timeout);
-i2c_status_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
+i2c_status_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
 i2c_status_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
-i2c_status_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
+i2c_status_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
 i2c_status_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
-i2c_status_t i2c_stop(uint16_t timeout);
+void i2c_stop(void);
 
-#endif // I2C_MASTER_H
+#endif // I2C_MASTER_H

drivers/avr/i2c_slave.c

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ static volatile bool slave_has_register_set = false;
 
 void i2c_slave_init(uint8_t address){
     // load address into TWI address register
-    TWAR = (address << 1);
+    TWAR = address;
     // set the TWCR to enable address matching and enable TWI, clear TWINT, enable TWI interrupt
     TWCR = (1 << TWIE) | (1 << TWEA) | (1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN);
 }

drivers/avr/ws2812.c

@@ -27,6 +27,12 @@
 #include <util/delay.h>
 #include "debug.h"
 
+#if !defined(LED_ARRAY) && defined(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)
+// LED color buffer
+LED_TYPE led[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL];
+  #define LED_ARRAY led
+#endif
+
 #ifdef RGBW_BB_TWI
 
 // Port for the I2C
@@ -141,6 +147,25 @@ unsigned char I2C_Write(unsigned char c)
 
 #endif
 
+#ifdef RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE
+// Set an led in the buffer to a color
+void inline ws2812_setled(int i, uint8_t r, uint8_t g, uint8_t b)
+{
+    led[i].r = r;
+    led[i].g = g;
+    led[i].b = b;
+}
+
+void ws2812_setled_all  (uint8_t r, uint8_t g, uint8_t b)
+{
+  for (int i = 0; i < RGBLED_NUM; i++) {
+    led[i].r = r;
+    led[i].g = g;
+    led[i].b = b;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
 // Setleds for standard RGB
 void inline ws2812_setleds(LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t leds)
 {

drivers/avr/ws2812.h

@@ -30,7 +30,6 @@
 
 #include "rgblight_types.h"
 
-
 /* User Interface
  *
  * Input:
@@ -43,6 +42,10 @@
  *         - Send out the LED data
  *         - Wait 50<35>s to reset the LEDs
  */
+#ifdef RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE
+void ws2812_setled      (int index, uint8_t r, uint8_t g, uint8_t b);
+void ws2812_setled_all  (uint8_t r, uint8_t g, uint8_t b);
+#endif
 
 void ws2812_setleds     (LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t number_of_leds);
 void ws2812_setleds_pin (LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t number_of_leds,uint8_t pinmask);

drivers/issi/is31fl3737.c

@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Jason Williams
+ * Copyright 2018 Jack Humbert
+ * Copyright 2018 Yiancar
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __AVR__
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <util/delay.h>
+#else
+#include "wait.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "i2c_master.h"
+#include "progmem.h"
+#include "rgb_matrix.h"
+
+// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
+// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
+// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
+// 00 <-> GND
+// 01 <-> SCL
+// 10 <-> SDA
+// 11 <-> VCC
+// ADDR1 represents A1:A0 of the 7-bit address.
+// ADDR2 represents A3:A2 of the 7-bit address.
+// The result is: 0b101(ADDR2)(ADDR1)
+#define ISSI_ADDR_DEFAULT 0x50
+
+#define ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER 0xFD
+#define ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER_WRITELOCK 0xFE
+#define ISSI_INTERRUPTMASKREGISTER 0xF0
+#define ISSI_INTERRUPTSTATUSREGISTER 0xF1
+
+#define ISSI_PAGE_LEDCONTROL 0x00 //PG0
+#define ISSI_PAGE_PWM 0x01        //PG1
+#define ISSI_PAGE_AUTOBREATH 0x02 //PG2
+#define ISSI_PAGE_FUNCTION 0x03   //PG3
+
+#define ISSI_REG_CONFIGURATION 0x00 //PG3
+#define ISSI_REG_GLOBALCURRENT 0x01 //PG3
+#define ISSI_REG_RESET 0x11// PG3
+#define ISSI_REG_SWPULLUP 0x0F //PG3
+#define ISSI_REG_CSPULLUP 0x10 //PG3
+
+#ifndef ISSI_TIMEOUT
+  #define ISSI_TIMEOUT 100
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSI_PERSISTENCE
+  #define ISSI_PERSISTENCE 0
+#endif
+
+// Transfer buffer for TWITransmitData()
+uint8_t g_twi_transfer_buffer[20];
+
+// These buffers match the IS31FL3737 PWM registers.
+// The control buffers match the PG0 LED On/Off registers.
+// Storing them like this is optimal for I2C transfers to the registers.
+// We could optimize this and take out the unused registers from these
+// buffers and the transfers in IS31FL3737_write_pwm_buffer() but it's
+// probably not worth the extra complexity.
+uint8_t g_pwm_buffer[DRIVER_COUNT][192];
+bool g_pwm_buffer_update_required = false;
+
+uint8_t g_led_control_registers[DRIVER_COUNT][24] = { { 0 } };
+bool g_led_control_registers_update_required = false;
+
+void IS31FL3737_write_register( uint8_t addr, uint8_t reg, uint8_t data )
+{
+    g_twi_transfer_buffer[0] = reg;
+    g_twi_transfer_buffer[1] = data;
+
+  #if ISSI_PERSISTENCE > 0
+    for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ISSI_PERSISTENCE; i++) {
+      if (i2c_transmit(addr << 1, g_twi_transfer_buffer, 2, ISSI_TIMEOUT) == 0)
+        break;
+    }
+  #else
+    i2c_transmit(addr << 1, g_twi_transfer_buffer, 2, ISSI_TIMEOUT);
+  #endif
+}
+
+void IS31FL3737_write_pwm_buffer( uint8_t addr, uint8_t *pwm_buffer )
+{
+    // assumes PG1 is already selected
+
+    // transmit PWM registers in 12 transfers of 16 bytes
+    // g_twi_transfer_buffer[] is 20 bytes
+
+    // iterate over the pwm_buffer contents at 16 byte intervals
+    for ( int i = 0; i < 192; i += 16 ) {
+        g_twi_transfer_buffer[0] = i;
+        // copy the data from i to i+15
+        // device will auto-increment register for data after the first byte
+        // thus this sets registers 0x00-0x0F, 0x10-0x1F, etc. in one transfer
+        for ( int j = 0; j < 16; j++ ) {
+            g_twi_transfer_buffer[1 + j] = pwm_buffer[i + j];
+        }
+
+    #if ISSI_PERSISTENCE > 0
+      for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ISSI_PERSISTENCE; i++) {
+        if (i2c_transmit(addr << 1, g_twi_transfer_buffer, 17, ISSI_TIMEOUT) == 0)
+          break;
+      }
+    #else
+      i2c_transmit(addr << 1, g_twi_transfer_buffer, 17, ISSI_TIMEOUT);
+    #endif
+    }
+}
+
+void IS31FL3737_init( uint8_t addr )
+{
+    // In order to avoid the LEDs being driven with garbage data
+    // in the LED driver's PWM registers, shutdown is enabled last.
+    // Set up the mode and other settings, clear the PWM registers,
+    // then disable software shutdown.
+
+    // Unlock the command register.
+    IS31FL3737_write_register( addr, ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER_WRITELOCK, 0xC5 );
+
+    // Select PG0
+    IS31FL3737_write_register( addr, ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER, ISSI_PAGE_LEDCONTROL );
+    // Turn off all LEDs.
+    for ( int i = 0x00; i <= 0x17; i++ )
+    {
+        IS31FL3737_write_register( addr, i, 0x00 );
+    }
+
+    // Unlock the command register.
+    IS31FL3737_write_register( addr, ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER_WRITELOCK, 0xC5 );
+
+    // Select PG1
+    IS31FL3737_write_register( addr, ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER, ISSI_PAGE_PWM );
+    // Set PWM on all LEDs to 0
+    // No need to setup Breath registers to PWM as that is the default.
+    for ( int i = 0x00; i <= 0xBF; i++ )
+    {
+        IS31FL3737_write_register( addr, i, 0x00 );
+    }
+
+    // Unlock the command register.
+    IS31FL3737_write_register( addr, ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER_WRITELOCK, 0xC5 );
+
+    // Select PG3
+    IS31FL3737_write_register( addr, ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER, ISSI_PAGE_FUNCTION );
+    // Set global current to maximum.
+    IS31FL3737_write_register( addr, ISSI_REG_GLOBALCURRENT, 0xFF );
+    // Disable software shutdown.
+    IS31FL3737_write_register( addr, ISSI_REG_CONFIGURATION, 0x01 );
+
+    // Wait 10ms to ensure the device has woken up.
+    #ifdef __AVR__
+    _delay_ms( 10 );
+    #else
+    wait_ms(10);
+    #endif
+}
+
+void IS31FL3737_set_color( int index, uint8_t red, uint8_t green, uint8_t blue )
+{
+    if ( index >= 0 && index < DRIVER_LED_TOTAL ) {
+        is31_led led = g_is31_leds[index];
+
+        g_pwm_buffer[led.driver][led.r] = red;
+        g_pwm_buffer[led.driver][led.g] = green;
+        g_pwm_buffer[led.driver][led.b] = blue;
+        g_pwm_buffer_update_required = true;
+    }
+}
+
+void IS31FL3737_set_color_all( uint8_t red, uint8_t green, uint8_t blue )
+{
+    for ( int i = 0; i < DRIVER_LED_TOTAL; i++ )
+    {
+        IS31FL3737_set_color( i, red, green, blue );
+    }
+}
+
+void IS31FL3737_set_led_control_register( uint8_t index, bool red, bool green, bool blue )
+{
+    is31_led led = g_is31_leds[index];
+
+  uint8_t control_register_r = led.r / 8;
+  uint8_t control_register_g = led.g / 8;
+  uint8_t control_register_b = led.b / 8;
+  uint8_t bit_r = led.r % 8;
+  uint8_t bit_g = led.g % 8;
+  uint8_t bit_b = led.b % 8;
+
+    if ( red ) {
+        g_led_control_registers[led.driver][control_register_r] |= (1 << bit_r);
+    } else {
+        g_led_control_registers[led.driver][control_register_r] &= ~(1 << bit_r);
+    }
+    if ( green ) {
+        g_led_control_registers[led.driver][control_register_g] |= (1 << bit_g);
+    } else {
+        g_led_control_registers[led.driver][control_register_g] &= ~(1 << bit_g);
+    }
+    if ( blue ) {
+        g_led_control_registers[led.driver][control_register_b] |= (1 << bit_b);
+    } else {
+        g_led_control_registers[led.driver][control_register_b] &= ~(1 << bit_b);
+    }
+
+    g_led_control_registers_update_required = true;
+
+}
+
+void IS31FL3737_update_pwm_buffers( uint8_t addr1, uint8_t addr2 )
+{
+    if ( g_pwm_buffer_update_required )
+    {
+        // Firstly we need to unlock the command register and select PG1
+        IS31FL3737_write_register( addr1, ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER_WRITELOCK, 0xC5 );
+        IS31FL3737_write_register( addr1, ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER, ISSI_PAGE_PWM );
+
+        IS31FL3737_write_pwm_buffer( addr1, g_pwm_buffer[0] );
+        //IS31FL3737_write_pwm_buffer( addr2, g_pwm_buffer[1] );
+    }
+    g_pwm_buffer_update_required = false;
+}
+
+void IS31FL3737_update_led_control_registers( uint8_t addr1, uint8_t addr2 )
+{
+    if ( g_led_control_registers_update_required )
+    {
+        // Firstly we need to unlock the command register and select PG0
+        IS31FL3737_write_register( addr1, ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER_WRITELOCK, 0xC5 );
+        IS31FL3737_write_register( addr1, ISSI_COMMANDREGISTER, ISSI_PAGE_LEDCONTROL );
+        for ( int i=0; i<24; i++ )
+        {
+            IS31FL3737_write_register(addr1, i, g_led_control_registers[0][i] );
+            //IS31FL3737_write_register(addr2, i, g_led_control_registers[1][i] );
+        }
+    }
+}

drivers/issi/is31fl3737.h

@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Jason Williams
+ * Copyright 2018 Jack Humbert
+ * Copyright 2018 Yiancar
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef IS31FL3737_DRIVER_H
+#define IS31FL3737_DRIVER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+typedef struct is31_led {
+  uint8_t driver:2;
+  uint8_t r;
+  uint8_t g;
+  uint8_t b;
+} __attribute__((packed)) is31_led;
+
+extern const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL];
+
+void IS31FL3737_init( uint8_t addr );
+void IS31FL3737_write_register( uint8_t addr, uint8_t reg, uint8_t data );
+void IS31FL3737_write_pwm_buffer( uint8_t addr, uint8_t *pwm_buffer );
+
+void IS31FL3737_set_color( int index, uint8_t red, uint8_t green, uint8_t blue );
+void IS31FL3737_set_color_all( uint8_t red, uint8_t green, uint8_t blue );
+
+void IS31FL3737_set_led_control_register( uint8_t index, bool red, bool green, bool blue );
+
+// This should not be called from an interrupt
+// (eg. from a timer interrupt).
+// Call this while idle (in between matrix scans).
+// If the buffer is dirty, it will update the driver with the buffer.
+void IS31FL3737_update_pwm_buffers( uint8_t addr1, uint8_t addr2 );
+void IS31FL3737_update_led_control_registers( uint8_t addr1, uint8_t addr2 );
+
+#define A_1   0x00
+#define A_2   0x01
+#define A_3   0x02
+#define A_4   0x03
+#define A_5   0x04
+#define A_6   0x05
+#define A_7   0x08
+#define A_8   0x09
+#define A_9   0x0A
+#define A_10  0x0B
+#define A_11  0x0C
+#define A_12  0x0D
+
+#define B_1   0x10
+#define B_2   0x11
+#define B_3   0x12
+#define B_4   0x13
+#define B_5   0x14
+#define B_6   0x15
+#define B_7   0x18
+#define B_8   0x19
+#define B_9   0x1A
+#define B_10  0x1B
+#define B_11  0x1C
+#define B_12  0x1D
+
+#define C_1   0x20
+#define C_2   0x21
+#define C_3   0x22
+#define C_4   0x23
+#define C_5   0x24
+#define C_6   0x25
+#define C_7   0x28
+#define C_8   0x29
+#define C_9   0x2A
+#define C_10  0x2B
+#define C_11  0x2C
+#define C_12  0x2D
+
+#define D_1   0x30
+#define D_2   0x31
+#define D_3   0x32
+#define D_4   0x33
+#define D_5   0x34
+#define D_6   0x35
+#define D_7   0x38
+#define D_8   0x39
+#define D_9   0x3A
+#define D_10  0x3B
+#define D_11  0x3C
+#define D_12  0x3D
+
+#define E_1   0x40
+#define E_2   0x41
+#define E_3   0x42
+#define E_4   0x43
+#define E_5   0x44
+#define E_6   0x45
+#define E_7   0x48
+#define E_8   0x49
+#define E_9   0x4A
+#define E_10  0x4B
+#define E_11  0x4C
+#define E_12  0x4D
+
+#define F_1   0x50
+#define F_2   0x51
+#define F_3   0x52
+#define F_4   0x53
+#define F_5   0x54
+#define F_6   0x55
+#define F_7   0x58
+#define F_8   0x59
+#define F_9   0x5A
+#define F_10  0x5B
+#define F_11  0x5C
+#define F_12  0x5D
+
+#define G_1   0x60
+#define G_2   0x61
+#define G_3   0x62
+#define G_4   0x63
+#define G_5   0x64
+#define G_6   0x65
+#define G_7   0x68
+#define G_8   0x69
+#define G_9   0x6A
+#define G_10  0x6B
+#define G_11  0x6C
+#define G_12  0x6D
+
+#define H_1   0x70
+#define H_2   0x71
+#define H_3   0x72
+#define H_4   0x73
+#define H_5   0x74
+#define H_6   0x75
+#define H_7   0x78
+#define H_8   0x79
+#define H_9   0x7A
+#define H_10  0x7B
+#define H_11  0x7C
+#define H_12  0x7D
+
+#define I_1   0x80
+#define I_2   0x81
+#define I_3   0x82
+#define I_4   0x83
+#define I_5   0x84
+#define I_6   0x85
+#define I_7   0x88
+#define I_8   0x89
+#define I_9   0x8A
+#define I_10  0x8B
+#define I_11  0x8C
+#define I_12  0x8D
+
+#define J_1   0x90
+#define J_2   0x91
+#define J_3   0x92
+#define J_4   0x93
+#define J_5   0x94
+#define J_6   0x95
+#define J_7   0x98
+#define J_8   0x99
+#define J_9   0x9A
+#define J_10  0x9B
+#define J_11  0x9C
+#define J_12  0x9D
+
+#define K_1   0xA0
+#define K_2   0xA1
+#define K_3   0xA2
+#define K_4   0xA3
+#define K_5   0xA4
+#define K_6   0xA5
+#define K_7   0xA8
+#define K_8   0xA9
+#define K_9   0xAA
+#define K_10  0xAB
+#define K_11  0xAC
+#define K_12  0xAD
+
+#define L_1   0xB0
+#define L_2   0xB1
+#define L_3   0xB2
+#define L_4   0xB3
+#define L_5   0xB4
+#define L_6   0xB5
+#define L_7   0xB8
+#define L_8   0xB9
+#define L_9   0xBA
+#define L_10  0xBB
+#define L_11  0xBC
+#define L_12  0xBD
+
+#endif // IS31FL3737_DRIVER_H

drivers/oled/glcdfont.c

@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __AVR__
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+#elif defined(ESP8266)
+ #include <pgmspace.h>
+#else
+ #define PROGMEM
+#endif
+
+// Helidox 8x6 font with QMK Firmware Logo
+// Online editor: http://teripom.x0.com/
+
+static const unsigned char font[] PROGMEM = {
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x3E, 0x5B, 0x4F, 0x5B, 0x3E, 0x00,
+  0x3E, 0x6B, 0x4F, 0x6B, 0x3E, 0x00,
+  0x1C, 0x3E, 0x7C, 0x3E, 0x1C, 0x00,
+  0x18, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x00,
+  0x1C, 0x57, 0x7D, 0x57, 0x1C, 0x00,
+  0x1C, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x5E, 0x1C, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0xFF, 0xE7, 0xC3, 0xE7, 0xFF, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x18, 0x24, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0xFF, 0xE7, 0xDB, 0xE7, 0xFF, 0x00,
+  0x30, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x06, 0x0E, 0x00,
+  0x26, 0x29, 0x79, 0x29, 0x26, 0x00,
+  0x40, 0x7F, 0x05, 0x05, 0x07, 0x00,
+  0x40, 0x7F, 0x05, 0x25, 0x3F, 0x00,
+  0x5A, 0x3C, 0xE7, 0x3C, 0x5A, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x3E, 0x1C, 0x1C, 0x08, 0x00,
+  0x08, 0x1C, 0x1C, 0x3E, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x14, 0x22, 0x7F, 0x22, 0x14, 0x00,
+  0x5F, 0x5F, 0x00, 0x5F, 0x5F, 0x00,
+  0x06, 0x09, 0x7F, 0x01, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x66, 0x89, 0x95, 0x6A, 0x00,
+  0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00,
+  0x94, 0xA2, 0xFF, 0xA2, 0x94, 0x00,
+  0x08, 0x04, 0x7E, 0x04, 0x08, 0x00,
+  0x10, 0x20, 0x7E, 0x20, 0x10, 0x00,
+  0x08, 0x08, 0x2A, 0x1C, 0x08, 0x00,
+  0x08, 0x1C, 0x2A, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00,
+  0x1E, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,
+  0x0C, 0x1E, 0x0C, 0x1E, 0x0C, 0x00,
+  0x30, 0x38, 0x3E, 0x38, 0x30, 0x00,
+  0x06, 0x0E, 0x3E, 0x0E, 0x06, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x5F, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x14, 0x7F, 0x14, 0x7F, 0x14, 0x00,
+  0x24, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x2A, 0x12, 0x00,
+  0x23, 0x13, 0x08, 0x64, 0x62, 0x00,
+  0x36, 0x49, 0x56, 0x20, 0x50, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x08, 0x07, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x1C, 0x22, 0x41, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x41, 0x22, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x2A, 0x1C, 0x7F, 0x1C, 0x2A, 0x00,
+  0x08, 0x08, 0x3E, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x80, 0x70, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x20, 0x10, 0x08, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00,
+  0x3E, 0x51, 0x49, 0x45, 0x3E, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x42, 0x7F, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x72, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x46, 0x00,
+  0x21, 0x41, 0x49, 0x4D, 0x33, 0x00,
+  0x18, 0x14, 0x12, 0x7F, 0x10, 0x00,
+  0x27, 0x45, 0x45, 0x45, 0x39, 0x00,
+  0x3C, 0x4A, 0x49, 0x49, 0x31, 0x00,
+  0x41, 0x21, 0x11, 0x09, 0x07, 0x00,
+  0x36, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x36, 0x00,
+  0x46, 0x49, 0x49, 0x29, 0x1E, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x14, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x40, 0x34, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x08, 0x14, 0x22, 0x41, 0x00,
+  0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x41, 0x22, 0x14, 0x08, 0x00,
+  0x02, 0x01, 0x59, 0x09, 0x06, 0x00,
+  0x3E, 0x41, 0x5D, 0x59, 0x4E, 0x00,
+  0x7C, 0x12, 0x11, 0x12, 0x7C, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x36, 0x00,
+  0x3E, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x22, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x3E, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x41, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x01, 0x00,
+  0x3E, 0x41, 0x41, 0x51, 0x73, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x41, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x20, 0x40, 0x41, 0x3F, 0x01, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x08, 0x14, 0x22, 0x41, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x02, 0x1C, 0x02, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x04, 0x08, 0x10, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x3E, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x3E, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x06, 0x00,
+  0x3E, 0x41, 0x51, 0x21, 0x5E, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x09, 0x19, 0x29, 0x46, 0x00,
+  0x26, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x32, 0x00,
+  0x03, 0x01, 0x7F, 0x01, 0x03, 0x00,
+  0x3F, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x3F, 0x00,
+  0x1F, 0x20, 0x40, 0x20, 0x1F, 0x00,
+  0x3F, 0x40, 0x38, 0x40, 0x3F, 0x00,
+  0x63, 0x14, 0x08, 0x14, 0x63, 0x00,
+  0x03, 0x04, 0x78, 0x04, 0x03, 0x00,
+  0x61, 0x59, 0x49, 0x4D, 0x43, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x7F, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x00,
+  0x02, 0x04, 0x08, 0x10, 0x20, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x04, 0x02, 0x01, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00,
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x03, 0x07, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x20, 0x54, 0x54, 0x78, 0x40, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x28, 0x44, 0x44, 0x38, 0x00,
+  0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x44, 0x28, 0x00,
+  0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x28, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x38, 0x54, 0x54, 0x54, 0x18, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x08, 0x7E, 0x09, 0x02, 0x00,
+  0x18, 0xA4, 0xA4, 0x9C, 0x78, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x78, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x44, 0x7D, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x20, 0x40, 0x40, 0x3D, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x10, 0x28, 0x44, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x7C, 0x04, 0x78, 0x04, 0x78, 0x00,
+  0x7C, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x78, 0x00,
+  0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x44, 0x38, 0x00,
+  0xFC, 0x18, 0x24, 0x24, 0x18, 0x00,
+  0x18, 0x24, 0x24, 0x18, 0xFC, 0x00,
+  0x7C, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x08, 0x00,
+  0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x54, 0x24, 0x00,
+  0x04, 0x04, 0x3F, 0x44, 0x24, 0x00,
+  0x3C, 0x40, 0x40, 0x20, 0x7C, 0x00,
+  0x1C, 0x20, 0x40, 0x20, 0x1C, 0x00,
+  0x3C, 0x40, 0x30, 0x40, 0x3C, 0x00,
+  0x44, 0x28, 0x10, 0x28, 0x44, 0x00,
+  0x4C, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x7C, 0x00,
+  0x44, 0x64, 0x54, 0x4C, 0x44, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x08, 0x36, 0x41, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x77, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x41, 0x36, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x02, 0x01, 0x02, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00,
+  0x3C, 0x26, 0x23, 0x26, 0x3C, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0xF0, 0xF8, 0xF8,
+  0xFF, 0x38, 0xFF, 0xF8, 0xF8, 0x3F,
+  0xF8, 0xF8, 0xFF, 0x38, 0xFF, 0xF8,
+  0xF8, 0xF0, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80,
+  0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0xC0, 0xC0, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x80, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0xC0,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0xC0,
+  0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0xC0,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0xC0, 0xF0, 0xF8, 0xFC, 0x3E,
+  0x1E, 0x06, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x80, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0x7E, 0x5B,
+  0x4F, 0x5B, 0xFE, 0xC0, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0xC0, 0x00, 0xDC, 0xD7, 0xDE, 0xDE,
+  0xDE, 0xD7, 0xDC, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF,
+  0xFF, 0xE0, 0xDF, 0xBF, 0xBF, 0x00,
+  0xBF, 0xBF, 0xDF, 0xE0, 0xFF, 0xFF,
+  0xFF, 0xFF, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x3F,
+  0x60, 0x60, 0xE0, 0xBF, 0x1F, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x7F, 0x07, 0x1E, 0x38, 0x1E,
+  0x07, 0x7F, 0x7F, 0x00, 0x7F, 0x7F,
+  0x0E, 0x1F, 0x3B, 0x71, 0x60, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7F, 0x7F,
+  0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E,
+  0x00, 0x7F, 0x7E, 0x03, 0x03, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x7E, 0x03, 0x03, 0x7E, 0x7E,
+  0x03, 0x03, 0x7F, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x0F,
+  0x3E, 0x70, 0x3C, 0x06, 0x3C, 0x70,
+  0x3E, 0x0F, 0x00, 0x32, 0x7B, 0x49,
+  0x49, 0x3F, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x7F, 0x7E,
+  0x03, 0x03, 0x00, 0x1E, 0x3F, 0x69,
+  0x69, 0x6F, 0x26, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x03, 0x0F, 0x1F, 0x3F, 0x3C,
+  0x78, 0x70, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x7F, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x00,
+  0x30, 0x7B, 0x7F, 0x78, 0x30, 0x20,
+  0x20, 0x30, 0x78, 0x7F, 0x3B, 0x00,
+  0x03, 0x00, 0x0F, 0x7F, 0x0F, 0x0F,
+  0x0F, 0x7F, 0x0F, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x07, 0x0F, 0x0F,
+  0x7F, 0x0F, 0x7F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x7E,
+  0x0F, 0x0F, 0x7F, 0x0F, 0x7F, 0x0F,
+  0x0F, 0x07, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+};

drivers/oled/licenses.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+The Android robot is reproduced or modified from work created and shared by Google and used according to terms described in the Creative Commons 3.0 Attribution License.
+
+
+This is the Linux-penguin again...
+
+Originally drewn by Larry Ewing (http://www.isc.tamu.edu/~lewing/)
+(with the GIMP) the Linux Logo has been vectorized by me (Simon Budig,
+http://www.home.unix-ag.org/simon/).
+
+This happened quite some time ago with Corel Draw 4. But luckily
+meanwhile there are tools available to handle vector graphics with
+Linux. Bernhard Herzog (bernhard@users.sourceforge.net) deserves kudos
+for creating Sketch (http://sketch.sourceforge.net), a powerful free
+tool for creating vector graphics. He converted the Corel Draw file to
+the Sketch native format. Since I am unable to maintain the Corel Draw
+file any longer, the Sketch version now is the "official" one.
+
+Anja Gerwinski (anja@gerwinski.de) has created an alternate version of
+the penguin (penguin-variant.sk) with a thinner mouth line and slightly
+altered gradients. It also features a nifty drop shadow.
+
+The third bird (penguin-flat.sk) is a version reduced to three colors
+(black/white/yellow) for e.g. silk screen printing. I made this version
+for a mug, available at the friendly folks at
+http://www.kernelconcepts.de/ - they do good stuff, mail Petra
+(pinguin@kernelconcepts.de) if you need something special or don't
+understand the german  :-)
+
+These drawings are copyrighted by Larry Ewing and Simon Budig
+(penguin-variant.sk also by Anja Gerwinski), redistribution is free but
+has to include this README/Copyright notice.
+
+The use of these drawings is free. However I am happy about a sample of
+your mug/t-shirt/whatever with this penguin on it...
+
+Have fun
+    Simon Budig
+
+
+Simon.Budig@unix-ag.org
+http://www.home.unix-ag.org/simon/
+
+Simon Budig
+Am Hardtkoeppel 2
+D-61279 Graevenwiesbach

drivers/oled/oled_driver.c

@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2019 Ryan Caltabiano <https://github.com/XScorpion2>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+#include "i2c_master.h"
+#include "oled_driver.h"
+#include OLED_FONT_H
+#include "timer.h"
+#include "print.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined(__AVR__)
+  #include <avr/io.h>
+  #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+#elif defined(ESP8266)
+  #include <pgmspace.h>
+#else // defined(ESP8266)
+  #define PROGMEM
+  #define memcpy_P(des, src, len) memcpy(des, src, len)
+#endif // defined(__AVR__)
+
+// Used commands from spec sheet: https://cdn-shop.adafruit.com/datasheets/SSD1306.pdf
+// Fundamental Commands
+#define CONTRAST                0x81
+#define DISPLAY_ALL_ON          0xA5
+#define DISPLAY_ALL_ON_RESUME   0xA4
+#define NORMAL_DISPLAY          0xA6
+#define DISPLAY_ON              0xAF
+#define DISPLAY_OFF             0xAE
+
+// Scrolling Commands
+#define ACTIVATE_SCROLL         0x2F
+#define DEACTIVATE_SCROLL       0x2E
+#define SCROLL_RIGHT            0x26
+#define SCROLL_LEFT             0x27
+#define SCROLL_RIGHT_UP         0x29
+#define SCROLL_LEFT_UP          0x2A
+
+// Addressing Setting Commands
+#define MEMORY_MODE             0x20
+#define COLUMN_ADDR             0x21
+#define PAGE_ADDR               0x22
+
+// Hardware Configuration Commands
+#define DISPLAY_START_LINE      0x40
+#define SEGMENT_REMAP           0xA0
+#define SEGMENT_REMAP_INV       0xA1
+#define MULTIPLEX_RATIO         0xA8
+#define COM_SCAN_INC            0xC0
+#define COM_SCAN_DEC            0xC8
+#define DISPLAY_OFFSET          0xD3
+#define COM_PINS                0xDA
+
+// Timing & Driving Commands
+#define DISPLAY_CLOCK           0xD5
+#define PRE_CHARGE_PERIOD       0xD9
+#define VCOM_DETECT             0xDB
+
+// Charge Pump Commands
+#define CHARGE_PUMP             0x8D
+
+// Misc defines
+#define OLED_TIMEOUT 60000
+#define OLED_BLOCK_COUNT (sizeof(OLED_BLOCK_TYPE) * 8)
+#define OLED_BLOCK_SIZE (OLED_MATRIX_SIZE / OLED_BLOCK_COUNT)
+
+// i2c defines
+#define I2C_CMD 0x00
+#define I2C_DATA 0x40
+#if defined(__AVR__)
+  // already defined on ARM
+  #define I2C_TIMEOUT 100
+  #define I2C_TRANSMIT_P(data) i2c_transmit_P((OLED_DISPLAY_ADDRESS << 1), &data[0], sizeof(data), I2C_TIMEOUT)
+#else // defined(__AVR__)
+  #define I2C_TRANSMIT_P(data) i2c_transmit((OLED_DISPLAY_ADDRESS << 1), &data[0], sizeof(data), I2C_TIMEOUT)
+#endif // defined(__AVR__)
+#define I2C_TRANSMIT(data) i2c_transmit((OLED_DISPLAY_ADDRESS << 1), &data[0], sizeof(data), I2C_TIMEOUT)
+#define I2C_WRITE_REG(mode, data, size) i2c_writeReg((OLED_DISPLAY_ADDRESS << 1), mode, data, size, I2C_TIMEOUT)
+
+#define HAS_FLAGS(bits, flags) ((bits & flags) == flags)
+
+// Display buffer's is the same as the OLED memory layout
+// this is so we don't end up with rounding errors with
+// parts of the display unusable or don't get cleared correctly
+// and also allows for drawing & inverting
+uint8_t          oled_buffer[OLED_MATRIX_SIZE];
+uint8_t*         oled_cursor;
+OLED_BLOCK_TYPE  oled_dirty = 0;
+bool             oled_initialized = false;
+bool             oled_active = false;
+bool             oled_scrolling = false;
+uint8_t          oled_rotation = 0;
+uint8_t          oled_rotation_width = 0;
+#if !defined(OLED_DISABLE_TIMEOUT)
+  uint16_t         oled_last_activity;
+#endif
+
+// Internal variables to reduce math instructions
+
+#if defined(__AVR__)
+// identical to i2c_transmit, but for PROGMEM since all initialization is in PROGMEM arrays currently
+// probably should move this into i2c_master...
+static i2c_status_t i2c_transmit_P(uint8_t address, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout) {
+  i2c_status_t status = i2c_start(address | I2C_WRITE, timeout);
+
+  for (uint16_t i = 0; i < length && status >= 0; i++) {
+    status = i2c_write(pgm_read_byte((const char*)data++), timeout);
+    if (status) break;
+  }
+
+  i2c_stop();
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif
+
+// Flips the rendering bits for a character at the current cursor position
+static void InvertCharacter(uint8_t *cursor)
+{
+  const uint8_t *end = cursor + OLED_FONT_WIDTH;
+  while (cursor < end) {
+    *cursor = ~(*cursor);
+    cursor++;
+  }
+}
+
+bool oled_init(uint8_t rotation) {
+  oled_rotation = oled_init_user(rotation);
+  if (!HAS_FLAGS(oled_rotation, OLED_ROTATION_90)) {
+    oled_rotation_width = OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH;
+  } else {
+    oled_rotation_width = OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT;
+  }
+  i2c_init();
+
+  static const uint8_t PROGMEM display_setup1[] = {
+    I2C_CMD,
+    DISPLAY_OFF,
+    DISPLAY_CLOCK, 0x80,
+    MULTIPLEX_RATIO, OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT - 1,
+    DISPLAY_OFFSET, 0x00,
+    DISPLAY_START_LINE | 0x00,
+    CHARGE_PUMP, 0x14,
+    MEMORY_MODE, 0x00, }; // Horizontal addressing mode
+  if (I2C_TRANSMIT_P(display_setup1) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+    print("oled_init cmd set 1 failed\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (!HAS_FLAGS(oled_rotation, OLED_ROTATION_180)) {
+    static const uint8_t PROGMEM display_normal[] = {
+      I2C_CMD,
+      SEGMENT_REMAP_INV,
+      COM_SCAN_DEC };
+    if (I2C_TRANSMIT_P(display_normal) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+      print("oled_init cmd normal rotation failed\n");
+      return false;
+    }
+  } else {
+    static const uint8_t PROGMEM display_flipped[] = {
+      I2C_CMD,
+      SEGMENT_REMAP,
+      COM_SCAN_INC };
+    if (I2C_TRANSMIT_P(display_flipped) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+      print("display_flipped failed\n");
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  static const uint8_t PROGMEM display_setup2[] = {
+    I2C_CMD,
+    COM_PINS, 0x02,
+    CONTRAST, 0x8F,
+    PRE_CHARGE_PERIOD, 0xF1,
+    VCOM_DETECT, 0x40,
+    DISPLAY_ALL_ON_RESUME,
+    NORMAL_DISPLAY,
+    DEACTIVATE_SCROLL,
+    DISPLAY_ON };
+  if (I2C_TRANSMIT_P(display_setup2) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+    print("display_setup2 failed\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  oled_clear();
+  oled_initialized = true;
+  oled_active = true;
+  oled_scrolling = false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+__attribute__((weak))
+oled_rotation_t oled_init_user(oled_rotation_t rotation) {
+  return rotation;
+}
+
+void oled_clear(void) {
+  memset(oled_buffer, 0, sizeof(oled_buffer));
+  oled_cursor = &oled_buffer[0];
+  oled_dirty = -1; // -1 will be max value as long as display_dirty is unsigned type
+}
+
+static void calc_bounds(uint8_t update_start, uint8_t* cmd_array)
+{
+  cmd_array[1] = OLED_BLOCK_SIZE * update_start % OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH;
+  cmd_array[4] = OLED_BLOCK_SIZE * update_start / OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH;
+  cmd_array[2] = (OLED_BLOCK_SIZE + OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH - 1) % OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH + cmd_array[1];
+  cmd_array[5] = (OLED_BLOCK_SIZE + OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH - 1) / OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH - 1;
+}
+
+static void calc_bounds_90(uint8_t update_start, uint8_t* cmd_array)
+{
+  cmd_array[1] = OLED_BLOCK_SIZE * update_start / OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT * 8;
+  cmd_array[4] = OLED_BLOCK_SIZE * update_start % OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT;
+  cmd_array[2] = (OLED_BLOCK_SIZE + OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT - 1) / OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT * 8 - 1 + cmd_array[1];;
+  cmd_array[5] = (OLED_BLOCK_SIZE + OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT - 1) % OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT / 8;
+}
+
+uint8_t crot(uint8_t a, int8_t n)
+{
+  const uint8_t mask = 0x7;
+  n &= mask;
+  return a << n | a >> (-n & mask);
+}
+
+static void rotate_90(const uint8_t* src, uint8_t* dest)
+{
+  for (uint8_t i = 0, shift = 7; i < 8; ++i, --shift) {
+    uint8_t selector = (1 << i);
+    for (uint8_t j = 0; j < 8; ++j) {
+      dest[i] |= crot(src[j] & selector, shift - (int8_t)j);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void oled_render(void) {
+  // Do we have work to do?
+  if (!oled_dirty || oled_scrolling) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Find first dirty block
+  uint8_t update_start = 0;
+  while (!(oled_dirty & (1 << update_start))) { ++update_start; }
+
+  // Set column & page position
+  static uint8_t display_start[] = {
+    I2C_CMD,
+    COLUMN_ADDR, 0, OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH - 1,
+    PAGE_ADDR, 0, OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT / 8 - 1 };
+  if (!HAS_FLAGS(oled_rotation, OLED_ROTATION_90)) {
+    calc_bounds(update_start, &display_start[1]); // Offset from I2C_CMD byte at the start
+  } else {
+    calc_bounds_90(update_start, &display_start[1]); // Offset from I2C_CMD byte at the start
+  }
+
+  // Send column & page position
+  if (I2C_TRANSMIT(display_start) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+    print("oled_render offset command failed\n");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (!HAS_FLAGS(oled_rotation, OLED_ROTATION_90)) {
+    // Send render data chunk as is
+    if (I2C_WRITE_REG(I2C_DATA, &oled_buffer[OLED_BLOCK_SIZE * update_start], OLED_BLOCK_SIZE) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+      print("oled_render data failed\n");
+      return;
+    }
+  } else {
+    // Rotate the render chunks
+    const static uint8_t source_map[] = OLED_SOURCE_MAP;
+    const static uint8_t target_map[] = OLED_TARGET_MAP;
+
+    static uint8_t temp_buffer[OLED_BLOCK_SIZE];
+    memset(temp_buffer, 0, sizeof(temp_buffer));
+    for(uint8_t i = 0; i < sizeof(source_map); ++i) {
+      rotate_90(&oled_buffer[OLED_BLOCK_SIZE * update_start + source_map[i]], &temp_buffer[target_map[i]]);
+    }
+
+    // Send render data chunk after rotating
+    if (I2C_WRITE_REG(I2C_DATA, &temp_buffer[0], OLED_BLOCK_SIZE) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+      print("oled_render data failed\n");
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Turn on display if it is off
+  oled_on();
+
+  // Clear dirty flag
+  oled_dirty &= ~(1 << update_start);
+}
+
+void oled_set_cursor(uint8_t col, uint8_t line) {
+  uint16_t index = line * oled_rotation_width + col * OLED_FONT_WIDTH;
+
+  // Out of bounds?
+  if (index >= OLED_MATRIX_SIZE) {
+    index = 0;
+  }
+
+  oled_cursor = &oled_buffer[index];
+}
+
+void oled_advance_page(bool clearPageRemainder) {
+  uint16_t index = oled_cursor - &oled_buffer[0];
+  uint8_t remaining = oled_rotation_width - (index % oled_rotation_width);
+
+  if (clearPageRemainder) {
+    // Remaining Char count
+    remaining = remaining / OLED_FONT_WIDTH;
+
+    // Write empty character until next line
+    while (remaining--)
+      oled_write_char(' ', false);
+  } else {
+    // Next page index out of bounds?
+    if (index + remaining >= OLED_MATRIX_SIZE) {
+      index = 0;
+      remaining = 0;
+    }
+
+    oled_cursor = &oled_buffer[index + remaining];
+  }
+}
+
+void oled_advance_char(void) {
+  uint16_t nextIndex = oled_cursor - &oled_buffer[0] + OLED_FONT_WIDTH;
+  uint8_t remainingSpace = oled_rotation_width - (nextIndex % oled_rotation_width);
+
+  // Do we have enough space on the current line for the next character
+  if (remainingSpace < OLED_FONT_WIDTH) {
+    nextIndex += remainingSpace;
+  }
+
+  // Did we go out of bounds
+  if (nextIndex >= OLED_MATRIX_SIZE) {
+    nextIndex = 0;
+  }
+
+  // Update cursor position
+  oled_cursor = &oled_buffer[nextIndex];
+}
+
+// Main handler that writes character data to the display buffer
+void oled_write_char(const char data, bool invert) {
+  // Advance to the next line if newline
+  if (data == '\n') {
+    // Old source wrote ' ' until end of line...
+    oled_advance_page(true);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // copy the current render buffer to check for dirty after
+  static uint8_t oled_temp_buffer[OLED_FONT_WIDTH];
+  memcpy(&oled_temp_buffer, oled_cursor, OLED_FONT_WIDTH);
+
+  // set the reder buffer data
+  uint8_t cast_data = (uint8_t)data; // font based on unsigned type for index
+  if (cast_data < OLED_FONT_START || cast_data > OLED_FONT_END) {
+    memset(oled_cursor, 0x00, OLED_FONT_WIDTH);
+  } else {
+    const uint8_t *glyph = &font[(cast_data - OLED_FONT_START) * OLED_FONT_WIDTH];
+    memcpy_P(oled_cursor, glyph, OLED_FONT_WIDTH);
+  }
+
+  // Invert if needed
+  if (invert) {
+    InvertCharacter(oled_cursor);
+  }
+
+  // Dirty check
+  if (memcmp(&oled_temp_buffer, oled_cursor, OLED_FONT_WIDTH)) {
+    uint16_t index = oled_cursor - &oled_buffer[0];
+    oled_dirty |= (1 << (index / OLED_BLOCK_SIZE));
+    // Edgecase check if the written data spans the 2 chunks
+    oled_dirty |= (1 << ((index + OLED_FONT_WIDTH) / OLED_BLOCK_SIZE));
+  }
+
+  // Finally move to the next char
+  oled_advance_char();
+}
+
+void oled_write(const char *data, bool invert) {
+  const char *end = data + strlen(data);
+  while (data < end) {
+    oled_write_char(*data, invert);
+    data++;
+  }
+}
+
+void oled_write_ln(const char *data, bool invert) {
+  oled_write(data, invert);
+  oled_advance_page(true);
+}
+
+#if defined(__AVR__)
+void oled_write_P(const char *data, bool invert) {
+  uint8_t c = pgm_read_byte(data);
+  while (c != 0) {
+    oled_write_char(c, invert);
+    c = pgm_read_byte(++data);
+  }
+}
+
+void oled_write_ln_P(const char *data, bool invert) {
+  oled_write_P(data, invert);
+  oled_advance_page(true);
+}
+#endif // defined(__AVR__)
+
+bool oled_on(void) {
+#if !defined(OLED_DISABLE_TIMEOUT)
+  oled_last_activity = timer_read();
+#endif
+
+  static const uint8_t PROGMEM display_on[] = { I2C_CMD, DISPLAY_ON };
+  if (!oled_active) {
+    if (I2C_TRANSMIT_P(display_on) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+      print("oled_on cmd failed\n");
+      return oled_active;
+    }
+    oled_active = true;
+  }
+  return oled_active;
+}
+
+bool oled_off(void) {
+  static const uint8_t PROGMEM display_off[] = { I2C_CMD, DISPLAY_OFF };
+  if (oled_active) {
+    if (I2C_TRANSMIT_P(display_off) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+      print("oled_off cmd failed\n");
+      return oled_active;
+    }
+    oled_active = false;
+  }
+  return !oled_active;
+}
+
+bool oled_scroll_right(void) {
+  // Dont enable scrolling if we need to update the display
+  // This prevents scrolling of bad data from starting the scroll too early after init
+  if (!oled_dirty && !oled_scrolling) {
+    static const uint8_t PROGMEM display_scroll_right[] = {
+      I2C_CMD, SCROLL_RIGHT, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0F, 0x00, 0xFF, ACTIVATE_SCROLL };
+    if (I2C_TRANSMIT_P(display_scroll_right) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+      print("oled_scroll_right cmd failed\n");
+      return oled_scrolling;
+    }
+    oled_scrolling = true;
+  }
+  return oled_scrolling;
+}
+
+bool oled_scroll_left(void) {
+  // Dont enable scrolling if we need to update the display
+  // This prevents scrolling of bad data from starting the scroll too early after init
+  if (!oled_dirty && !oled_scrolling) {
+    static const uint8_t PROGMEM display_scroll_left[] = {
+      I2C_CMD, SCROLL_LEFT, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0F, 0x00, 0xFF, ACTIVATE_SCROLL };
+    if (I2C_TRANSMIT_P(display_scroll_left) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+      print("oled_scroll_left cmd failed\n");
+      return oled_scrolling;
+    }
+    oled_scrolling = true;
+  }
+  return oled_scrolling;
+}
+
+bool oled_scroll_off(void) {
+  if (oled_scrolling) {
+    static const uint8_t PROGMEM display_scroll_off[] = { I2C_CMD, DEACTIVATE_SCROLL };
+    if (I2C_TRANSMIT_P(display_scroll_off) != I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
+      print("oled_scroll_off cmd failed\n");
+      return oled_scrolling;
+    }
+    oled_scrolling = false;
+  }
+  return !oled_scrolling;
+}
+
+uint8_t oled_max_chars(void) {
+  if (!HAS_FLAGS(oled_rotation, OLED_ROTATION_90)) {
+    return OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH / OLED_FONT_WIDTH;
+  }
+  return OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT / OLED_FONT_WIDTH;
+}
+
+uint8_t oled_max_lines(void) {
+  if (!HAS_FLAGS(oled_rotation, OLED_ROTATION_90)) {
+    return OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT / OLED_FONT_HEIGHT;
+  }
+  return OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH / OLED_FONT_HEIGHT;
+}
+
+void oled_task(void) {
+  if (!oled_initialized) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  oled_set_cursor(0, 0);
+
+  oled_task_user();
+
+  // Smart render system, no need to check for dirty
+  oled_render();
+
+  // Display timeout check
+#if !defined(OLED_DISABLE_TIMEOUT)
+  if (oled_active && timer_elapsed(oled_last_activity) > OLED_TIMEOUT) {
+    oled_off();
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+__attribute__((weak))
+void oled_task_user(void) {
+}

drivers/oled/oled_driver.h

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2019 Ryan Caltabiano <https://github.com/XScorpion2>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+#pragma once
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+
+#if defined(OLED_DISPLAY_CUSTOM)
+  // Expected user to implement the necessary defines
+#elif defined(OLED_DISPLAY_128X64)
+  // Double height 128x64
+  #define OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH 128
+  #define OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT 64
+  #define OLED_MATRIX_SIZE (OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT / 8 * OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH) // 1024 (compile time mathed)
+  #define OLED_BLOCK_TYPE uint32_t
+  #define OLED_BLOCK_COUNT (sizeof(OLED_BLOCK_TYPE) * 8) // 32 (compile time mathed)
+  #define OLED_BLOCK_SIZE (OLED_MATRIX_SIZE / OLED_BLOCK_COUNT) // 32 (compile time mathed)
+
+  // For 90 degree rotation, we map our internal matrix to oled matrix using fixed arrays
+  // The OLED writes to it's memory horizontally, starting top left, but our memory starts bottom left in this mode
+  #define OLED_SOURCE_MAP { 32, 40, 48, 56 }
+  #define OLED_TARGET_MAP { 24, 16, 8, 0 }
+  // If OLED_BLOCK_TYPE is uint16_t, these tables would look like:
+  // #define OLED_SOURCE_MAP { 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56 }
+  // #define OLED_TARGET_MAP { 56, 48, 40, 32, 24, 16, 8, 0 }
+  // If OLED_BLOCK_TYPE is uint8_t, these tables would look like:
+  // #define OLED_SOURCE_MAP { 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80, 88, 96, 104, 112, 120 }
+  // #define OLED_TARGET_MAP { 56, 120, 48, 112, 40, 104, 32, 96, 24, 88, 16, 80, 8, 72, 0, 64 }
+#else // defined(OLED_DISPLAY_128X64)
+  // Default 128x32
+  #define OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH 128
+  #define OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT 32
+  #define OLED_MATRIX_SIZE (OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT / 8 * OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH) // 512 (compile time mathed)
+  #define OLED_BLOCK_TYPE uint16_t // Type to use for segmenting the oled display for smart rendering, use unsigned types only
+  #define OLED_BLOCK_COUNT (sizeof(OLED_BLOCK_TYPE) * 8) // 16 (compile time mathed)
+  #define OLED_BLOCK_SIZE (OLED_MATRIX_SIZE / OLED_BLOCK_COUNT) // 32 (compile time mathed)
+
+  // For 90 degree rotation, we map our internal matrix to oled matrix using fixed arrays
+  // The OLED writes to it's memory horizontally, starting top left, but our memory starts bottom left in this mode
+  #define OLED_SOURCE_MAP { 0, 8, 16, 24 }
+  #define OLED_TARGET_MAP { 24, 16, 8, 0 }
+  // If OLED_BLOCK_TYPE is uint8_t, these tables would look like:
+  // #define OLED_SOURCE_MAP { 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56 }
+  // #define OLED_TARGET_MAP { 48, 32, 16, 0, 56, 40, 24, 8 }
+#endif // defined(OLED_DISPLAY_CUSTOM)
+
+// Address to use for tthe i2d oled communication
+#if !defined(OLED_DISPLAY_ADDRESS)
+  #define OLED_DISPLAY_ADDRESS 0x3C
+#endif
+
+// Custom font file to use
+#if !defined(OLED_FONT_H)
+  #define OLED_FONT_H "glcdfont.c"
+#endif
+// unsigned char value of the first character in the font file
+#if !defined(OLED_FONT_START)
+  #define OLED_FONT_START 0
+#endif
+// unsigned char value of the last character in the font file
+#if !defined(OLED_FONT_END)
+  #define OLED_FONT_END 224
+#endif
+// Font render width
+#if !defined(OLED_FONT_WIDTH)
+  #define OLED_FONT_WIDTH 6
+#endif
+// Font render height
+#if !defined(OLED_FONT_HEIGHT)
+  #define OLED_FONT_HEIGHT 8
+#endif
+
+// OLED Rotation enum values are flags
+typedef enum {
+    OLED_ROTATION_0   = 0,
+    OLED_ROTATION_90  = 1,
+    OLED_ROTATION_180 = 2,
+    OLED_ROTATION_270 = 3, // OLED_ROTATION_90 | OLED_ROTATION_180
+} oled_rotation_t;
+
+// Initialize the oled display, rotating the rendered output based on the define passed in.
+// Returns true if the OLED was initialized successfully
+bool oled_init(oled_rotation_t rotation);
+
+// Called at the start of oled_init, weak function overridable by the user
+// rotation - the value passed into oled_init
+// Return new oled_rotation_t if you want to override default rotation
+oled_rotation_t oled_init_user(oled_rotation_t rotation);
+
+// Clears the display buffer, resets cursor position to 0, and sets the buffer to dirty for rendering
+void oled_clear(void);
+
+// Renders the dirty chunks of the buffer to oled display
+void oled_render(void);
+
+// Moves cursor to character position indicated by column and line, wraps if out of bounds
+// Max column denoted by 'oled_max_chars()' and max lines by 'oled_max_lines()' functions
+void oled_set_cursor(uint8_t col, uint8_t line);
+
+// Advances the cursor to the next page, writing ' ' if true
+// Wraps to the begining when out of bounds
+void oled_advance_page(bool clearPageRemainder);
+
+// Moves the cursor forward 1 character length
+// Advance page if there is not enough room for the next character
+// Wraps to the begining when out of bounds
+void oled_advance_char(void);
+
+// Writes a single character to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Main handler that writes character data to the display buffer
+void oled_write_char(const char data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+void oled_write(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Advances the cursor to the next page, wiring ' ' to the remainder of the current page
+void oled_write_ln(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+#if defined(__AVR__)
+// Writes a PROGMEM string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Remapped to call 'void oled_write(const char *data, bool invert);' on ARM
+void oled_write_P(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a PROGMEM string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Advances the cursor to the next page, wiring ' ' to the remainder of the current page
+// Remapped to call 'void oled_write_ln(const char *data, bool invert);' on ARM
+void oled_write_ln_P(const char *data, bool invert);
+#else
+  // Writes a string to the buffer at current cursor position
+  // Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+  #define oled_write_P(data, invert) oled_write(data, invert)
+
+  // Writes a string to the buffer at current cursor position
+  // Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+  // Advances the cursor to the next page, wiring ' ' to the remainder of the current page
+  #define oled_write_ln_P(data, invert) oled_write(data, invert)
+#endif // defined(__AVR__)
+
+// Can be used to manually turn on the screen if it is off
+// Returns true if the screen was on or turns on
+bool oled_on(void);
+
+// Can be used to manually turn off the screen if it is on
+// Returns true if the screen was off or turns off
+bool oled_off(void);
+
+// Basically it's oled_render, but with timeout management and oled_task_user calling!
+void oled_task(void);
+
+// Called at the start of oled_task, weak function overridable by the user
+void oled_task_user(void);
+
+// Scrolls the entire display right
+// Returns true if the screen was scrolling or starts scrolling
+// NOTE: display contents cannot be changed while scrolling
+bool oled_scroll_right(void);
+
+// Scrolls the entire display left
+// Returns true if the screen was scrolling or starts scrolling
+// NOTE: display contents cannot be changed while scrolling
+bool oled_scroll_left(void);
+
+// Turns off display scrolling
+// Returns true if the screen was not scrolling or stops scrolling
+bool oled_scroll_off(void);
+
+// Returns the maximum number of characters that will fit on a line
+uint8_t oled_max_chars(void);
+
+// Returns the maximum number of lines that will fit on the oled
+uint8_t oled_max_lines(void);

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hse/1up60hse.h

@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
-#ifndef KB_H
-#define KB_H
+#pragma once
 
 #include "quantum.h"
 
@@ -36,4 +35,3 @@
 	{ K30,  K31,  K32,  K33,   K34,   K35, K36,   K37,   K38,   K39, K3A, KC_NO, KC_NO, K3D }, \
 	{ K40,  K41,  K42,  KC_NO, KC_NO, K45, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, K49, K4A, K4B,   KC_NO, K4D }  \
 }
-#endif

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hse/keymaps/default/keymap.c

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
     KC_TAB, KC_Q, KC_W, KC_E, KC_R, KC_T, KC_Y, KC_U, KC_I, KC_O, KC_P, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS,
     KC_CAPS, KC_A, KC_S, KC_D, KC_F, KC_G, KC_H, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT,
     KC_LSFT, KC_Z, KC_X, KC_C, KC_V, KC_B, KC_N, KC_M, KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT,
-    KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_SPC, KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, MO(1), KC_LCTL
+    KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_SPC, KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, MO(1), KC_RCTL
   ),
 
   [1] = LAYOUT_60_ansi(

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hse/rules.mk

@@ -68,5 +68,6 @@ BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
 AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
 FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE = no      # Use buzzer to emulate clicky switches
 HD44780_ENABLE = no 		# Enable support for HD44780 based LCDs (+400)
+EXTRAFLAGS += -flto
 
 LAYOUTS = 60_ansi

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/1up60hte.h

@@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 #include "quantum.h"
 
-#define LAYOUT_all( \
-	K000, K001, K002, K003, K004, K005, K006, K007, K008, K009, K010, K011, K012, K013, \
+#define LAYOUT_tsangan( \
+	K000, K001, K002, K003, K004, K005, K006, K007, K008, K009, K010, K011, K012, K013, K413, \
 	K100, K101, K102, K103, K104, K105, K106, K107, K108, K109, K110, K111, K112, K113, \
 	K200, K201, K202, K203, K204, K205, K206, K207, K208, K209, K210, K211, K212,       \
 	K300, K301, K302, K303, K304, K305, K306, K307, K308, K309, K310, K311, K312,       \
-	K400, K401, K402,                   K406,                   K410, K411, K412, K413  \
+	K400, K401, K402,                   K406,                   K410, K411, K412        \
 ) { \
 	{ K000,  K001,  K002,  K003,  K004,  K005,  K006,  K007,  K008,  K009,  K010,  K011,  K012,  K013 }, \
 	{ K100,  K101,  K102,  K103,  K104,  K105,  K106,  K107,  K108,  K109,  K110,  K111,  K112,  K113 }, \
@@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 /* HHKB Variant */
 #define LAYOUT_60_hhkb( \
-  K000, K001, K002, K003, K004, K005, K006, K007, K008, K009, K010, K011, K012, K013, \
+    K000, K001, K002, K003, K004, K005, K006, K007, K008, K009, K010, K011, K012, K013, K413, \
 	K100, K101, K102, K103, K104, K105, K106, K107, K108, K109, K110, K111, K112, K113, \
 	K200, K201, K202, K203, K204, K205, K206, K207, K208, K209, K210, K211, K212,       \
 	K300, K301, K302, K303, K304, K305, K306, K307, K308, K309, K310, K311, K312,       \
-	      K401, K402,                  K406,                    K410, K411,       K413  \
+	      K401, K402,                  K406,                    K410, K411              \
 ) { \
 	{ K000,  K001,  K002,  K003,  K004,  K005,  K006,  K007,  K008,  K009,  K010,  K011,  K012,  K013 }, \
 	{ K100,  K101,  K102,  K103,  K104,  K105,  K106,  K107,  K108,  K109,  K110,  K111,  K112,  K113 }, \
@@ -47,4 +47,3 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 	{ K300,  K301,  K302,  K303,  K304,  K305,  K306,  K307,  K308,  K309,  K310,  K311,  K312,  KC_NO }, \
 	{ KC_NO, K401,  K402,  KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, K406,  KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, K410,  K411,  KC_NO, K413 }  \
 }
-

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/config.h

@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 8
 #define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 8
 #define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 8
-#endif
+#endif

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/info.json

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+{
+    "keyboard_name": "1up60hte", 
+    "url": "https://www.1upkeyboards.com/shop/controllers/1up-rgb-60-pcb-hte/", 
+    "maintainer": "1upkeyboards", 
+    "width": 15, 
+    "height": 5, 
+    "layouts": {
+        "LAYOUT_tsangan": {
+            "layout": [{"label":"Esc", "x":0, "y":0}, {"label":"!", "x":1, "y":0}, {"label":"@", "x":2, "y":0}, {"label":"#", "x":3, "y":0}, {"label":"$", "x":4, "y":0}, {"label":"%", "x":5, "y":0}, {"label":"^", "x":6, "y":0}, {"label":"&", "x":7, "y":0}, {"label":"*", "x":8, "y":0}, {"label":"(", "x":9, "y":0}, {"label":")", "x":10, "y":0}, {"label":"_", "x":11, "y":0}, {"label":"+", "x":12, "y":0}, {"label":"|", "x":13, "y":0}, {"label":"~", "x":14, "y":0}, {"label":"Tab", "x":0, "y":1, "w":1.5}, {"label":"Q", "x":1.5, "y":1}, {"label":"W", "x":2.5, "y":1}, {"label":"E", "x":3.5, "y":1}, {"label":"R", "x":4.5, "y":1}, {"label":"T", "x":5.5, "y":1}, {"label":"Y", "x":6.5, "y":1}, {"label":"U", "x":7.5, "y":1}, {"label":"I", "x":8.5, "y":1}, {"label":"O", "x":9.5, "y":1}, {"label":"P", "x":10.5, "y":1}, {"label":"{", "x":11.5, "y":1}, {"label":"}", "x":12.5, "y":1}, {"label":"|", "x":13.5, "y":1, "w":1.5}, {"label":"Control", "x":0, "y":2, "w":1.75}, {"label":"A", "x":1.75, "y":2}, {"label":"S", "x":2.75, "y":2}, {"label":"D", "x":3.75, "y":2}, {"label":"F", "x":4.75, "y":2}, {"label":"G", "x":5.75, "y":2}, {"label":"H", "x":6.75, "y":2}, {"label":"J", "x":7.75, "y":2}, {"label":"K", "x":8.75, "y":2}, {"label":"L", "x":9.75, "y":2}, {"label":":", "x":10.75, "y":2}, {"label":"\"", "x":11.75, "y":2}, {"label":"Enter", "x":12.75, "y":2, "w":2.25}, {"label":"Shift", "x":0, "y":3, "w":2.25}, {"label":"Z", "x":2.25, "y":3}, {"label":"X", "x":3.25, "y":3}, {"label":"C", "x":4.25, "y":3}, {"label":"V", "x":5.25, "y":3}, {"label":"B", "x":6.25, "y":3}, {"label":"N", "x":7.25, "y":3}, {"label":"M", "x":8.25, "y":3}, {"label":"<", "x":9.25, "y":3}, {"label":">", "x":10.25, "y":3}, {"label":"?", "x":11.25, "y":3}, {"label":"Shift", "x":12.25, "y":3, "w":1.75}, {"label":"Fn", "x":14, "y":3}, {"label":"Ctrl", "x":0, "y":4, "w":1.5}, {"label":"Alt", "x":1.5, "y":4}, {"label":"Meta", "x":2.5, "y":4, "w":1.5}, {"x":4, "y":4, "w":7}, {"label":"Meta", "x":11, "y":4, "w":1.5}, {"label":"Alt", "x":12.5, "y":4}, {"label":"Ctrl", "x":13.5, "y":4, "w":1.5}]
+        },
+        "LAYOUT_60_hhkb": {
+            "layout": [{"label":"Esc", "x":0, "y":0}, {"label":"!", "x":1, "y":0}, {"label":"@", "x":2, "y":0}, {"label":"#", "x":3, "y":0}, {"label":"$", "x":4, "y":0}, {"label":"%", "x":5, "y":0}, {"label":"^", "x":6, "y":0}, {"label":"&", "x":7, "y":0}, {"label":"*", "x":8, "y":0}, {"label":"(", "x":9, "y":0}, {"label":")", "x":10, "y":0}, {"label":"_", "x":11, "y":0}, {"label":"+", "x":12, "y":0}, {"label":"|", "x":13, "y":0}, {"label":"~", "x":14, "y":0}, {"label":"Tab", "x":0, "y":1, "w":1.5}, {"label":"Q", "x":1.5, "y":1}, {"label":"W", "x":2.5, "y":1}, {"label":"E", "x":3.5, "y":1}, {"label":"R", "x":4.5, "y":1}, {"label":"T", "x":5.5, "y":1}, {"label":"Y", "x":6.5, "y":1}, {"label":"U", "x":7.5, "y":1}, {"label":"I", "x":8.5, "y":1}, {"label":"O", "x":9.5, "y":1}, {"label":"P", "x":10.5, "y":1}, {"label":"{", "x":11.5, "y":1}, {"label":"}", "x":12.5, "y":1}, {"label":"|", "x":13.5, "y":1, "w":1.5}, {"label":"Control", "x":0, "y":2, "w":1.75}, {"label":"A", "x":1.75, "y":2}, {"label":"S", "x":2.75, "y":2}, {"label":"D", "x":3.75, "y":2}, {"label":"F", "x":4.75, "y":2}, {"label":"G", "x":5.75, "y":2}, {"label":"H", "x":6.75, "y":2}, {"label":"J", "x":7.75, "y":2}, {"label":"K", "x":8.75, "y":2}, {"label":"L", "x":9.75, "y":2}, {"label":":", "x":10.75, "y":2}, {"label":"\"", "x":11.75, "y":2}, {"label":"Enter", "x":12.75, "y":2, "w":2.25}, {"label":"Shift", "x":0, "y":3, "w":2.25}, {"label":"Z", "x":2.25, "y":3}, {"label":"X", "x":3.25, "y":3}, {"label":"C", "x":4.25, "y":3}, {"label":"V", "x":5.25, "y":3}, {"label":"B", "x":6.25, "y":3}, {"label":"N", "x":7.25, "y":3}, {"label":"M", "x":8.25, "y":3}, {"label":"<", "x":9.25, "y":3}, {"label":">", "x":10.25, "y":3}, {"label":"?", "x":11.25, "y":3}, {"label":"Shift", "x":12.25, "y":3, "w":1.75}, {"label":"Fn", "x":14, "y":3}, {"label":"Alt", "x":1.5, "y":4}, {"label":"Meta", "x":2.5, "y":4, "w":1.5}, {"x":4, "y":4, "w":7}, {"label":"Meta", "x":11, "y":4, "w":1.5}, {"label":"Alt", "x":12.5, "y":4}]
+        }
+    }
+}

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/keymaps/default/keymap.c

@@ -17,21 +17,19 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
 
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	[0] = LAYOUT_tsangan(
+		KC_ESC,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,     KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSLS, KC_GRV,
+		KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,     KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSPC,
+		KC_LCTL, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,     KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT,
+		KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM,  KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT, MO(1),
+		KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, KC_SPC,  KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL),
 
-	[0] = LAYOUT_all(
-		KC_ESC, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7, KC_8, KC_9, KC_0, KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_GRV,
-		KC_TAB, KC_Q, KC_W, KC_E, KC_R, KC_T, KC_Y, KC_U, KC_I, KC_O, KC_P, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS,
-		KC_CAPS, KC_A, KC_S, KC_D, KC_F, KC_G, KC_H, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT,
-		KC_LSFT, KC_Z, KC_X, KC_C, KC_V, KC_B, KC_N, KC_M, KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH, KC_LSFT, KC_NO,
-		KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_SPC, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, KC_LCTL, KC_BSPC),
-
-	[1] = LAYOUT_all(
-		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
-		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
-		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
-		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
-		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS)
-
+	[1] = LAYOUT_tsangan(
+		RESET,   KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,    KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_INS, KC_DEL,
+		KC_CAPS, BL_TOGG, BL_DEC,  BL_INC,  BL_STEP, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_SLCK,  KC_PAUS, KC_UP,   KC_TRNS, KC_CLR,
+		KC_TRNS, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MUTE, KC_MPLY, KC_MPRV, KC_MNXT, RGB_VAD, KC_HOME, KC_PGUP,  KC_LEFT, KC_RGHT, KC_TRNS,
+		KC_TRNS, RGB_TOG, RGB_MOD, RGB_HUI, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAI, RGB_SAD, RGB_VAI, KC_END, KC_PGDN,   KC_DOWN, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS)
 };
 
 void matrix_init_user(void) {
@@ -46,35 +44,9 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
 }
 
 void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
-
-	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) {
-
-	} else {
-
-	}
-
-	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+	if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
 		writePinLow(B6);
 	} else {
 		writePinHigh(B6);
 	}
-
-	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) {
-
-	} else {
-
-	}
-
-	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_COMPOSE)) {
-
-	} else {
-
-	}
-
-	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_KANA)) {
-
-	} else {
-
-	}
-
 }

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/keymaps/hhkb/keymap.c

@@ -17,20 +17,19 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
 
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	[0] = LAYOUT_tsangan(
+		KC_ESC,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,     KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSLS, KC_GRV,
+		KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,     KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSPC,
+		KC_LCTL, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,     KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT,
+		KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM,  KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT, MO(1),
+		KC_NO,   KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, KC_SPC,  KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_NO),
 
-	[0] = LAYOUT_all(
-		KC_ESC, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7, KC_8, KC_9, KC_0, KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_GRV,
-		KC_TAB, KC_Q, KC_W, KC_E, KC_R, KC_T, KC_Y, KC_U, KC_I, KC_O, KC_P, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS,
-		KC_LCTL, KC_A, KC_S, KC_D, KC_F, KC_G, KC_H, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT,
-		KC_LSFT, KC_Z, KC_X, KC_C, KC_V, KC_B, KC_N, KC_M, KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH, KC_LSFT, MO(1),
-		KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_SPC, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, KC_LCTL, KC_BSPC),
-
-	[1] = LAYOUT_all(
-		RESET, KC_F1, KC_F2, KC_F3, KC_F4, KC_F5, KC_F6, KC_F7, KC_F8, KC_F9, KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, KC_INS,
-		KC_CAPS, BL_TOGG, BL_DEC, BL_INC, BL_STEP, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_SLCK, KC_PAUS, KC_UP, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
-		KC_TRNS, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MUTE, KC_MPLY, KC_MPRV, KC_MNXT, RGB_VAD, KC_HOME, KC_PGUP, KC_LEFT, KC_RGHT, KC_TRNS,
-		KC_TRNS, RGB_TOG, RGB_MOD, RGB_HUI, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAI, RGB_SAD, RGB_VAI, KC_END, KC_PGDN, KC_DOWN, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
-		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_DEL)
+	[1] = LAYOUT_tsangan(
+		RESET,   KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,    KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_INS, KC_DEL,
+		KC_CAPS, BL_TOGG, BL_DEC,  BL_INC,  BL_STEP, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_SLCK,  KC_PAUS, KC_UP,   KC_TRNS, KC_CLR,
+		KC_TRNS, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MUTE, KC_MPLY, KC_MPRV, KC_MNXT, RGB_VAD, KC_HOME, KC_PGUP,  KC_LEFT, KC_RGHT, KC_TRNS,
+		KC_TRNS, RGB_TOG, RGB_MOD, RGB_HUI, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAI, RGB_SAD, RGB_VAI, KC_END, KC_PGDN,   KC_DOWN, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS)
 };
 
 void matrix_init_user(void) {
@@ -45,35 +44,9 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
 }
 
 void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
-
-	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) {
-
-	} else {
-
-	}
-
-	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+	if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
 		writePinLow(B6);
 	} else {
 		writePinHigh(B6);
 	}
-
-	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) {
-
-	} else {
-
-	}
-
-	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_COMPOSE)) {
-
-	} else {
-
-	}
-
-	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_KANA)) {
-
-	} else {
-
-	}
-
 }

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/rules.mk

@@ -54,5 +54,6 @@ NKRO_ENABLE = yes		# USB Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https:/
 BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes  # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
 AUDIO_ENABLE = no
 RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+EXTRAFLAGS += -flto
 
 LAYOUTS = 60_hhkb

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60rgb/1up60rgb.h

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-#ifndef KB_H
-#define KB_H
+#pragma once
 
 #include "quantum.h"
 
@@ -77,5 +76,3 @@
 	K300, KC_NO,K302, K303, K304, K305, K306, K307, K308, K309, K310, K311,       K313, K314, \
 	KC_NO,K401,       K403,             K406,                   KC_NO,K411,       K413, KC_NO \
 )
-
-#endif

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60rgb/config.h

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-#ifndef CONFIG_H
-#define CONFIG_H
+#pragma once
 
 #include "config_common.h"
 
@@ -46,5 +45,3 @@
 #define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 8
 #define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 8
 #endif
-
-#endif

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60rgb/keymaps/default/keymap.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#include "1up60rgb.h"
+#include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
 
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60rgb/keymaps/mdyevimnav/keymap.c

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/*
+ * Layer 0
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |  ~  |  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |  9  |  0  |  -  |  =  |    Bksp   |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ * | Tab    |  q  |  w  |  e  |  r  |  t  |  y  |  u  |  i  |  o  |  p  |  [  |  ]  |   \    |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ * | Esc     |  a  |  s  |  d  |  f  |  g  |  h  |  j  |  k  |  l  |  ;  |  '  |    Enter    |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ * | Shift      |  z  |  x  |  c  |  v  |  b  |  n  |  m  |  ,  |  .  |  /  |    Shift       |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ * | Ctrl  |  L1   |  Alt  |               space             |  Alt  |  Sup  |  L1   | Ctrl  |
+ * \-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+ *
+ */
+  LAYOUT_all(
+    KC_GRV, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7, KC_8, KC_9, KC_0, KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_BSPC, KC_BSPC,
+    KC_TAB, KC_Q, KC_W, KC_E, KC_R, KC_T, KC_Y, KC_U, KC_I, KC_O, KC_P, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS,
+    KC_ESC, KC_A, KC_S, KC_D, KC_F, KC_G, KC_H, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT, KC_ENT,
+    KC_LSHIFT, KC_LSHIFT, KC_Z, KC_X, KC_C, KC_V, KC_B, KC_N, KC_M, KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH, KC_RSHIFT, KC_RSHIFT,
+    KC_LCTL, MO(1), KC_LALT, KC_SPC, KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, MO(1), KC_RCTL),
+
+/*
+ * Layer 1
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |     |  f1 |  f2 |  f3 |  f4 |  f5 |  f6 |  f7 |  f8 |  f9 | f10 | f11 | f12 |    Del    |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ * |        |     |     |     |     |     |     |     | Ins |     | Paus|     |     |  Prnt  |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ * |         |     |     |     |     |     |  L  |  D  |  U  |  R  |     |     |             |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ * |            |     |     |     |     |     | Hom | PDn | PUp | End |     |                |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ * |       |       |       |                                 |       |       |       |       |
+ * \-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+ *
+ */
+  LAYOUT_all(
+    KC_TRNS, KC_F1, KC_F2, KC_F3, KC_F4, KC_F5, KC_F6, KC_F7, KC_F8, KC_F9, KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, KC_TRNS, KC_DEL,
+    KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_INS, KC_TRNS, KC_PAUS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_PSCR,
+    KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP, KC_RIGHT, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+    KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_HOME, KC_PGDN, KC_PGUP, KC_END, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+    KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS)
+};

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60rgb/readme.md

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# 1upkeyboards 60% RGB
+# 1up60rgb 60% RGB
 
 Firmware for custom keyboard PCB with 60% key layout.
 

keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60rgb/rules.mk

@@ -44,15 +44,15 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
 # Build Options
 #   comment out to disable the options.
 #
-BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE ?= yes	# Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
-MOUSEKEY_ENABLE ?= yes	# Mouse keys(+4700)
-EXTRAKEY_ENABLE ?= yes	# Audio control and System control(+450)
-CONSOLE_ENABLE ?= no	# Console for debug(+400)
-COMMAND_ENABLE ?= no    # Commands for debug and configuration
-SLEEP_LED_ENABLE ?= no  # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
-NKRO_ENABLE ?= yes		# USB Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
-BACKLIGHT_ENABLE ?= yes  # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
-AUDIO_ENABLE ?= no
-RGBLIGHT_ENABLE ?= yes
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes	# Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes	# Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes	# Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no	# Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no    # Commands for debug and configuration
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no  # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes		# USB Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes  # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
 
 LAYOUTS = 60_ansi 60_iso 60_ansi_split_bs_rshift 60_hhkb

keyboards/1upkeyboards/readme.md

@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 # 1UP Keyboards
 
+1UP Keyboards is an online mechanical keyboard retailer located in New York, USA.
+
 Website: [1UP Keyboards](https://www.1upkeyboards.com/)  
 Discord: [Server Invite](https://discordapp.com/invite/c6SYn8)  
 YouTube: [skiwithpete](https://www.youtube.com/user/skiwithpete)  

keyboards/1upkeyboards/super16/config.h

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 /* USB Device descriptor parameter */
 #define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
-#define PRODUCT_ID      0x0000
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x2010
 #define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
 #define MANUFACTURER    1upkeyboards
 #define PRODUCT         super16
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
   #define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 8
   #define RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL 255 /* The maximum brightness level */
   #define RGBLIGHT_SLEEP  /* If defined, the RGB lighting will be switched off when the host goes to sleep */
-/*== all animations enable ==*/
-//   #define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
-// /*== or choose animations ==*/
+  /*== all animations enable ==*/
+  #define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+  /*== or choose animations ==*/
 //   #define RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING
 //   #define RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_MOOD
 //   #define RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_SWIRL
@@ -85,10 +85,9 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 /* define if matrix has ghost (lacks anti-ghosting diodes) */
 //#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
 
-/* number of backlight levels */
-
 /* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
 #define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+
 /* Locking resynchronize hack */
 #define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
 
@@ -242,3 +241,5 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 /* Bootmagic Lite key configuration */
 // #define BOOTMAGIC_LITE_ROW 0
 // #define BOOTMAGIC_LITE_COLUMN 0
+
+/* prevent stuck modifiers */

keyboards/1upkeyboards/super16/info.json

@@ -1,12 +1,15 @@
 {
-    "keyboard_name": "super16", 
-    "url": "", 
-    "maintainer": "qmk", 
-    "width": 4, 
-    "height": 4, 
-    "layouts": {
-        "LAYOUT_ortho_4x4": {
-            "layout": [{"x":0, "y":0}, {"x":1, "y":0}, {"x":2, "y":0}, {"x":3, "y":0}, {"x":0, "y":1}, {"x":1, "y":1}, {"x":2, "y":1}, {"x":3, "y":1}, {"x":0, "y":2}, {"x":1, "y":2}, {"x":2, "y":2}, {"x":3, "y":2}, {"x":0, "y":3}, {"x":1, "y":3}, {"x":2, "y":3}, {"x":3, "y":3}]
-        }
+  "keyboard_name": "super16",
+  "url": "",
+  "maintainer": "qmk",
+  "width": 4,
+  "height": 4,
+  "layouts": {
+    "LAYOUT_ortho_4x4": {
+      "layout": [{"x":0, "y":0}, {"x":1, "y":0}, {"x":2, "y":0}, {"x":3, "y":0}, {"x":0, "y":1}, {"x":1, "y":1}, {"x":2, "y":1}, {"x":3, "y":1}, {"x":0, "y":2}, {"x":1, "y":2}, {"x":2, "y":2}, {"x":3, "y":2}, {"x":0, "y":3}, {"x":1, "y":3}, {"x":2, "y":3}, {"x":3, "y":3}]
+    },
+    "LAYOUT_numpad_4x4": {
+      "layout": [{"x":0, "y":0}, {"x":1, "y":0}, {"x":2, "y":0}, {"x":3, "y":0, "h":2}, {"x":0, "y":1}, {"x":1, "y":1}, {"x":2, "y":1}, {"x":0, "y":2}, {"x":1, "y":2}, {"x":2, "y":2}, {"x":3, "y":2, "h":2}, {"x":0, "y":3, "w":2}, {"x":2, "y":3}]
     }
-}
+  }
+}

keyboards/1upkeyboards/super16/keymaps/default/config.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright 2019 'mechmerlin'
+/* Copyright 2019 MechMerlin
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

keyboards/1upkeyboards/super16/keymaps/default/keymap.c

@@ -15,40 +15,16 @@
  */
 #include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
 
-// Defines the keycodes used by our macros in process_record_user
-enum custom_keycodes {
-  QMKBEST = SAFE_RANGE,
-  QMKURL
-};
-
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   [0] = LAYOUT_ortho_4x4( /* Base */
-    KC_A,  KC_1,  KC_2, KC_4, \
-    KC_A,  KC_1,  KC_2, KC_4, \
-    KC_A,  KC_1,  KC_2, KC_4, \
-    KC_A,  KC_1,  KC_2, KC_4 \
+    RGB_TOG,    KC_1,    KC_U,    KC_P,
+    RGB_MOD,    KC_1,    KC_U,    KC_P,
+    RGB_TOG,    KC_1,    KC_U,    KC_P,
+    RGB_MOD,    KC_1,    KC_U,    KC_P
   ),
 };
 
 bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
-  switch (keycode) {
-    case QMKBEST:
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        // when keycode QMKBEST is pressed
-        SEND_STRING("QMK is the best thing ever!");
-      } else {
-        // when keycode QMKBEST is released
-      }
-      break;
-    case QMKURL:
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        // when keycode QMKURL is pressed
-        SEND_STRING("https://qmk.fm/" SS_TAP(X_ENTER));
-      } else {
-        // when keycode QMKURL is released
-      }
-      break;
-  }
   return true;
 }
 

keyboards/1upkeyboards/super16/rules.mk

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
 # MCU name
-#MCU = at90usb1286
 MCU = atmega32u4
 
 # Processor frequency.
@@ -15,7 +14,6 @@ MCU = atmega32u4
 #     software delays.
 F_CPU = 16000000
 
-
 #
 # LUFA specific
 #
@@ -48,7 +46,6 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
 #   atmega32a    bootloadHID
 BOOTLOADER = caterina
 
-
 # If you don't know the bootloader type, then you can specify the
 # Boot Section Size in *bytes* by uncommenting out the OPT_DEFS line
 #   Teensy halfKay      512
@@ -58,26 +55,27 @@ BOOTLOADER = caterina
 #   USBaspLoader        2048
 # OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
 
+#EXTRAFLAGS += -flto
 
 # Build Options
 #   change yes to no to disable
 #
-BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = lite      # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = lite     # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
 MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
 EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
-CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes        # Console for debug(+400)
-COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no         # Commands for debug and configuration
 # Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
 SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
 # if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
 NKRO_ENABLE = no            # USB Nkey Rollover
 BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality on B7 by default
-RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes        # Enable keyboard RGB underglow
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes       # Enable keyboard RGB underglow
 MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI support (+2400 to 4200, depending on config)
 UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
 BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
 AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
 FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE = no      # Use buzzer to emulate clicky switches
-HD44780_ENABLE = no 		# Enable support for HD44780 based LCDs (+400)
+HD44780_ENABLE = no         # Enable support for HD44780 based LCDs (+400)
 
-LAYOUTS = ortho_4x4
+LAYOUTS = ortho_4x4 numpad_4x4

keyboards/1upkeyboards/super16/super16.c

@@ -16,28 +16,28 @@
 #include "super16.h"
 
 void matrix_init_kb(void) {
-	// put your keyboard start-up code here
-	// runs once when the firmware starts up
+  // put your keyboard start-up code here
+  // runs once when the firmware starts up
 
-	matrix_init_user();
+  matrix_init_user();
 }
 
 void matrix_scan_kb(void) {
-	// put your looping keyboard code here
-	// runs every cycle (a lot)
+  // put your looping keyboard code here
+  // runs every cycle (a lot)
 
-	matrix_scan_user();
+  matrix_scan_user();
 }
 
 bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
-	// put your per-action keyboard code here
-	// runs for every action, just before processing by the firmware
+  // put your per-action keyboard code here
+  // runs for every action, just before processing by the firmware
 
-	return process_record_user(keycode, record);
+  return process_record_user(keycode, record);
 }
 
 void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led) {
-	// put your keyboard LED indicator (ex: Caps Lock LED) toggling code here
+  // put your keyboard LED indicator (ex: Caps Lock LED) toggling code here
 
-	led_set_user(usb_led);
+  led_set_user(usb_led);
 }

keyboards/1upkeyboards/super16/super16.h

@@ -25,15 +25,27 @@
  * The second converts the arguments into a two-dimensional array which
  * represents the switch matrix.
  */
+
 #define LAYOUT_ortho_4x4( \
-    k00, k01, k02, k03, \
-    k10, k11, k12, k13, \
-    k20, k21, k22, k23, \
-    k30, k31, k32, k33  \
-) \
-{ \
-    { k00, k01, k02, k03 }, \
-    { k10, k11, k12, k13 }, \
-    { k20, k21, k22, k23 }, \
-    { k30, k31, k32, k33 }, \
+  K00, K01, K02, K03, \
+  K10, K11, K12, K13, \
+  K20, K21, K22, K23, \
+  K30, K31, K32, K33  \
+) { \
+  { K00, K01, K02, K03 }, \
+  { K10, K11, K12, K13 }, \
+  { K20, K21, K22, K23 }, \
+  { K30, K31, K32, K33 }  \
+}
+
+#define LAYOUT_numpad_4x4( \
+  K00, K01, K02, K03, \
+  K10, K11, K12,      \
+  K20, K21, K22, K23, \
+     K31,   K32      \
+) { \
+    { K00,   K01, K02, K03 }, \
+    { K10,   K11, K12, KC_NO }, \
+    { K20,   K21, K22, K23 }, \
+    { KC_NO, K31, K32, KC_NO }  \
 }

keyboards/1upkeyboards/sweet16/config.h

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-#ifndef CONFIG_H
-#define CONFIG_H
+#pragma once
 
 #include "config_common.h"
 
@@ -47,4 +46,3 @@
 #define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 8
 #endif
 
-#endif

keyboards/1upkeyboards/sweet16/keymaps/default/keymap.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#include "sweet16.h"
+#include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
 
 enum custom_keycodes {
   UP_URL = SAFE_RANGE

keyboards/1upkeyboards/sweet16/readme.md

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-Sweet16
-===
+# Sweet 16 Macropad
 
 A 4x4 numpad/macro pad sold by 1up Keyboards - designed by Bishop Keyboards
 

keyboards/1upkeyboards/sweet16/rules.mk

@@ -53,4 +53,5 @@ SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no  # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
 NKRO_ENABLE = yes      # USB Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
 BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no  # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
 AUDIO_ENABLE = no
-RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+EXTRAFLAGS += -flto

keyboards/1upkeyboards/sweet16/sweet16.h

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-#ifndef KB_H
-#define KB_H
+#pragma once
 
 #include "quantum.h"
 
@@ -29,4 +28,3 @@
     { KC_NO, K31,   K32,   KC_NO }  \
 }
 
-#endif

keyboards/40percentclub/foobar/info.json

@@ -2,10 +2,12 @@
     "keyboard_name": "foobar",
     "url": "",
     "maintainer": "qmk",
-    "width": 6,
-    "height": 2,
+    "width": 10,
+    "height": 3,
     "layouts": {
         "LAYOUT_macro": {
+            "width": 5,
+            "height": 3,
             "key_count": 15,
             "layout": [
               {"x":0, "y":0}, {"x":1, "y":0}, {"x":2, "y":0}, {"x":3, "y":0}, {"x":4, "y":0},

keyboards/40percentclub/half_n_half/config.h

@@ -46,12 +46,13 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #define UNUSED_PINS
 
 /* COL2ROW, ROW2COL*/
-#define DIODE_DIRECTION ROW2COL
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
 
 /*
  * Split Keyboard specific options, make sure you have 'SPLIT_KEYBOARD = yes' in your rules.mk, and define SOFT_SERIAL_PIN.
  */
 #define SOFT_SERIAL_PIN D0 // or D1, D2, D3, E6
+#define USE_SERIAL
 
 // #define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
 // #define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING

keyboards/40percentclub/half_n_half/half_n_half.h

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include "quantum.h"
+#define ___ KC_NO
 
 /* This a shortcut to help you visually see your layout.
  *
@@ -26,18 +27,22 @@
  * represents the switch matrix.
  */
 #define LAYOUT( \
-    K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06,     K50, K51, K52, K53, K54, K55, K56, \
-    K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16,     K60, K61, K62, K63, K64, K65, K66, \
-    K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26,     K70, K71, K72, K73, K74, K75, K76, \
-                        K34,                         K82 \
+    L00, L01, L02, L03, L04, L05, L06,     R00, R01, R02, R03, R04, R05, R06, \
+    L10, L11, L12, L13, L14, L15, L16,     R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, \
+    L20, L21, L22, L23, L24, L25, L26,     R20, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, R26, \
+                        L34,                         R32 \
 ) { \
-    { K00,   K01,   K02,   K03,   K04, K05,   K06   }, \
-    { K10,   K11,   K12,   K13,   K14, K15,   K16   }, \
-    { K20,   K21,   K22,   K23,   K24, K25,   K26   }, \
-    { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, K34, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
+    { L00, L01, L02, L03, L04, L05, L06 }, \
+    { L10, L11, L12, L13, L14, L15, L16 }, \
+    { L20, L21, L22, L23, L24, L25, L26 }, \
+    { ___, ___, ___, ___, L34, ___, ___ }, \
 \
-    { K56,   K55,   K54,   K53,   K52, K51,   K50   }, \
-    { K66,   K65,   K64,   K63,   K62, K61,   K60   }, \
-    { K76,   K75,   K74,   K73,   K72, K71,   K70   }, \
-    { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, K82, KC_NO, KC_NO }  \
+    { R06, R05, R04, R03, R02, R01, R00 }, \
+    { R16, R15, R14, R13, R12, R11, R10 }, \
+    { R26, R25, R24, R23, R22, R21, R20 }, \
+    { ___, ___, ___, ___, R32, ___, ___ }  \
 }
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+  #error "I2C not Supported"
+#endif

keyboards/40percentclub/half_n_half/info.json

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+{
+  "keyboard_name": "half_n_half",
+  "url": "",
+  "maintainer": "qmk",
+  "width": 14,
+  "height": 4,
+  "layouts": {
+    "LAYOUT": {
+      "key_count": 44,
+      "layout": [
+          {"label":"L00", "x":0, "y":0},
+          {"label":"L01", "x":1, "y":0},
+          {"label":"L02", "x":2, "y":0},
+          {"label":"L03", "x":3, "y":0},
+          {"label":"L04", "x":4, "y":0},
+          {"label":"L05", "x":5, "y":0},
+          {"label":"L06", "x":6, "y":0},
+          {"label":"R00", "x":7, "y":0},
+          {"label":"R01", "x":8, "y":0},
+          {"label":"R02", "x":9, "y":0},
+          {"label":"R03", "x":10, "y":0},
+          {"label":"R04", "x":11, "y":0},
+          {"label":"R05", "x":12, "y":0},
+          {"label":"R06", "x":13, "y":0},
+
+          {"label":"L10", "x":0, "y":1},
+          {"label":"L11", "x":1, "y":1},
+          {"label":"L12", "x":2, "y":1},
+          {"label":"L13", "x":3, "y":1},
+          {"label":"L14", "x":4, "y":1},
+          {"label":"L15", "x":5, "y":1},
+          {"label":"L16", "x":6, "y":1},
+          {"label":"R10", "x":7, "y":1},
+          {"label":"R11", "x":8, "y":1},
+          {"label":"R12", "x":9, "y":1},
+          {"label":"R13", "x":10, "y":1},
+          {"label":"R14", "x":11, "y":1},
+          {"label":"R15", "x":12, "y":1},
+          {"label":"R16", "x":13, "y":1},
+
+          {"label":"L20", "x":0, "y":2},
+          {"label":"L21", "x":1, "y":2},
+          {"label":"L22", "x":2, "y":2},
+          {"label":"L23", "x":3, "y":2},
+          {"label":"L24", "x":4, "y":2},
+          {"label":"L25", "x":5, "y":2},
+          {"label":"L26", "x":6, "y":2},
+          {"label":"R20", "x":7, "y":2},
+          {"label":"R21", "x":8, "y":2},
+          {"label":"R22", "x":9, "y":2},
+          {"label":"R23", "x":10, "y":2},
+          {"label":"R24", "x":11, "y":2},
+          {"label":"R25", "x":12, "y":2},
+          {"label":"R26", "x":13, "y":2},
+ 
+          {"label":"L34", "x":4, "y":3, "w":2},
+          {"label":"R32", "x":8, "y":3, "w":2}
+      ]
+    }
+  }
+}
+  

keyboards/40percentclub/half_n_half/keymaps/Boy_314/config.h

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Copyright 2019 Boy_314
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+// place overrides here
+#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT
+#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD
+#define TAPPING_TERM 200

keyboards/40percentclub/half_n_half/keymaps/Boy_314/keymap.c

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* Copyright 2019 Boy_314
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+#include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
+
+// Tap Dance Declarations
+enum {
+	TD_SWAP_LAYERS = 0
+};
+
+enum layers {
+	_DVORAK,
+	_QWERTY,
+	_LOWER,
+	_RAISE,
+};
+
+enum halfnhalf_keycodes {
+	NEWTAB = SAFE_RANGE,
+	ALTF4,
+	CLSTAB,
+	PRVWIN,
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	/* DVORAK
+	 * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+	 * |Tab   |'     |,     |.     |P     |Y     |Brght+|=     |F     |G     |C     |R     |L     |Bksp  |
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 * |CtlCps|A     |O     |E     |U     |I     |Brght-|Ctrl+F|D     |H     |T     |N     |S     |Enter |
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 * |LShift|;     |Q     |J     |K     |X     |LAlt  |-     |B     |M     |W     |V     |Z     |RShift|
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 *                             |TD Swap Layer|             |Space        |
+	 *                             `-------------'			       `-------------'
+	 */
+	[_DVORAK] = LAYOUT(/* Base Dvorak */
+	  KC_TAB,           KC_QUOT, KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_P, KC_Y, KC_BRIU, KC_EQL,     KC_F, KC_G, KC_C,    KC_R,   KC_L,   KC_BSPC,
+	  LCTL_T(KC_CAPS),  KC_A,    KC_O,    KC_E,   KC_U, KC_I, KC_BRID, LCTL(KC_F), KC_D, KC_H, KC_T,    KC_N,   KC_S,   KC_ENT,
+	  KC_LSPO,          KC_SCLN, KC_Q,    KC_J,   KC_K, KC_X, KC_LALT, KC_MINS,    KC_B, KC_M, KC_W,    KC_V,   KC_Z,   KC_RSPC,
+	                                              TD(TD_SWAP_LAYERS),                    KC_SPC
+	),
+
+	/* QWERTY
+	 * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+	 * |Tab   |Q     |W     |E     |R     |T     |Brght+|'     |Y     |U     |I     |O     |P     |Bksp  |
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 * |CtlCps|A     |S     |D     |F     |G     |Brght-|Ctrl+F|H     |J     |K     |L     |;     |Enter |
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 * |LShift|Z     |X     |C     |V     |B     |LAlt  |-     |N     |M     |,     |.     |/     |RShift|
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 *                             |TD Swap Layer|             |Space        |
+	 *                             `-------------'			       `-------------'
+	 */
+	[_QWERTY] = LAYOUT(/* Base Qwerty */
+	  KC_TAB,           KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,   KC_R, KC_T, KC_BRIU, KC_QUOT,    KC_Y, KC_U, KC_I,    KC_O,   KC_P,    KC_BSPC,
+	  LCTL_T(KC_CAPS),  KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,   KC_F, KC_G, KC_BRID, LCTL(KC_F), KC_H, KC_J, KC_K,    KC_L,   KC_SCLN, KC_ENT,
+	  KC_LSPO,          KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,   KC_V, KC_B, KC_LALT, KC_MINS,    KC_N, KC_M, KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH, KC_RSPC,
+	                                              TD(TD_SWAP_LAYERS),                    KC_SPC
+	),
+
+	/* LOWER
+	 * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+	 * |Esc   |1     |2     |3     |4     |5     |      |      |6     |7     |8     |9     |0     |/     |
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 * |Caps  |F1    |F2    |F3    |F4    |F5    |F6    |Vol Up|Play  |_     |+     |{     |}     ||     |
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 * |      |F7    |F8    |F9    |F10   |F11   |F12   |Vol Dn|Next  |Home  |PgDn  |PgUp  |End   |      |
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 *                             |             |             |             |
+	 *                             `-------------'             `-------------'
+	 */
+	[_LOWER] = LAYOUT(/* Numbers, Function Row, Media Control, Shifted Symbols, Dvorak Slash Key */
+	  KC_GESC, KC_1,  KC_2,  KC_3,  KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_SLSH,
+	  KC_CAPS, KC_F1, KC_F2, KC_F3, KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,   KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY, KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_PIPE,
+	  KC_TRNS, KC_F7, KC_F8, KC_F9, KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12,  KC_VOLD, KC_MNXT, KC_HOME, KC_PGDN, KC_PGUP, KC_END,  KC_TRNS,
+									                KC_TRNS,    					            KC_TRNS
+	),
+
+	/* RAISE
+	 * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+	 * |Reset |      |      |Up    |      |      |      |PRVWIN|CLSTAB|      |      |      |      |Del   |
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 * |`     |      |Left  |Down  |Right |      |      |NEWTAB|ALTF4 |-     |=     |[     |]     |\     |
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 * |      |!     |@     |#     |$     |%     |      |      |^     |&     |*     |(     |)     |      |
+	 * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+	 *                             |             |             |             |
+	 *                             `-------------'             `-------------'
+	 */
+	[_RAISE] = LAYOUT(/* Arrows, Shifted Numbers, Symbols, Delete, Macros */
+	  RESET,   KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_UP,   KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, PRVWIN,  CLSTAB,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_DEL,
+	  KC_GRV,  KC_TRNS, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, NEWTAB,  ALTF4,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS,
+	  KC_TRNS, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_TRNS,
+										                    KC_TRNS,                            KC_TRNS
+	)
+};
+
+void tap_dance_choose_layer (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+	switch (state->count) {
+		case 1:
+			layer_on(_LOWER);
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			layer_on(_RAISE);
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+void tap_dance_choose_layer_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+	switch (state->count) {
+		case 1:
+			layer_off(_LOWER);
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			layer_off(_RAISE);
+			break;
+		case 3:
+			if (biton32(default_layer_state) == _DVORAK) {
+				set_single_persistent_default_layer(_QWERTY);
+			}
+			else if (biton32(default_layer_state) == _QWERTY) {
+				set_single_persistent_default_layer(_DVORAK);
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+	[TD_SWAP_LAYERS] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, tap_dance_choose_layer, tap_dance_choose_layer_reset)
+};
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	switch (keycode) {
+		// Control + T
+		case NEWTAB:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("t"));
+			}
+			break;
+		// Alt + F4
+		case ALTF4:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				SEND_STRING(SS_DOWN(X_LALT)SS_TAP(X_F4)SS_UP(X_LALT));
+			}
+			break;
+		// Control + W
+		case CLSTAB:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("w"));
+			}
+			break;
+		// Control + Shift + N
+		case PRVWIN:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL(SS_LSFT("n")));
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	return true;
+}

keyboards/40percentclub/half_n_half/keymaps/Boy_314/readme.md

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# Boy_314's keymap for half_n_half
+# Currently only supports DVORAK. QWERTY Support is on the TODO list.

keyboards/40percentclub/half_n_half/keymaps/Boy_314/rules.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes      # Enable Tap Dance
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # USB Nkey Rollover
+
+# Enable generic behavior for split boards
+SPLIT_KEYBOARD = yes